Home

Online Manual

1. 222245 122 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup n on anaana aaaea 123 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN 124 Printing Out Network Setting Information nasau ed ee Re eR aia ae 125 About Network Communication cc ccc cede obs 6ob 66 8 de hake ee Goded he bb eee ee 128 Changing and Confirming Network Settings 0 000 c eee eee 129 Pell Netwark a ed in 5 se ee reds Gade Ge eee Me oe Se Geared tek de he ead a tae rd ea aa Se Aa el 130 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet 0 00 00000 c cece eee eens Tal Changing the WEP Detailed SetingS 11 c24cecdee eeu ie edo wee ehewte eee eeetews 133 Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings 0 0 00 cc cece eee eee 135 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 2 0 0 0 4 60s eeee ede e be ee eee 138 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet unanunua 0000 eee eee eee 139 Monitoring Wireless Network Status eer ee TEET ET ETTA P 140 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine 0 0 0 cece 143 Viewing the Modified Settings ELTE TEE EEE rest ee ere mae Dee aeeeee 144 Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool 0 00600 cece eee eee eee eee eee ee eens 145 Canon lJ Network Tool Screen ccicteoe tos eeee ee ede ee ed ee eee eee ee eed 146 COMON Steels 5 66 ale ake es oes MORNE TER as DALLES Hoe A RE OR oes N
2. Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the rear tray 3 Open the front cover gently then pull out the paper output tray 4 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes white four times then release it immediately The print head alignment sheet will be printed and the print head position will be adjusted automatically Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the print head alignment sheet This takes about 2 to 3 minutes DJ Note e If the automatic adjustment of the print head position has failed the Alarm lamp flashes orange If an Error Occurs e If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above adjust the print head position manually from the computer Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer 90 Performing Maintenance from a Computer nAn e e e e i Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning Inside the Printer 91 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle Perform
3. Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps e Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven Print the nozzle check pattern From the printer Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern From the computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern Clean the print head From the printer Cleaning the Print Head From the computer 85 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer After cleaning the print head print and examine the nozzle check pattern Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice D Clean the print head deeply From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Note e When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned Align the print head From the printer Aligning the Print Head From the computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your
4. When you have entered all the necessary values click OK Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes Note To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value 100 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print the pattern if printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab The Nozzle Check dialog box opens Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins Click OK when the confirmation message appears The Pattern Check dialog box opens 5 Check the print result Check the print result When the print result is normal click Exit If the print res
5. To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN e If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer 147 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port e If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly e If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh e If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen DJ Note e This item has the same function as Configuration i
6. Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer 2 Reload the paper and press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer If you turned off the printer in step 1 all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 422 e We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 423 Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the rear tray or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer remove the paper following the procedure below gt Note e If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer 1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply 2 Open the top cover gt Important e Do not touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the printer can be damaged 3 Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the print
7. Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 478 6921 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 479 6930 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 480 6931 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 481 6932 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 482 6933 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn
8. 111 Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows The Power Off function turns off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Power Off 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab When the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off and the Maintenance tab is displayed again A Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off Auto Power The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power on the Maintenance tab The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens DJ Note e Ifthe printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Auto Power On Specifying Enable from the list will turn the p
9. HB D a P an Ses Nomaleize Borderiess Feto Page Scaled Page Layout lt gt V Atomaca seduce large docurnert that tue perter carret atat Duplex Parting Manus Stapling Side Long eide saping Leh Copes F 1 1 333 3i Port tom Last Page v Pact Options Samp Background ox ered oy Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Page Size Selects a page size Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction The width of print are
10. If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 264 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver and then Print Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile SRGB found in the data When printing Adobe RGB data you can print the data with the Adobe RGB color space even if the application software does not support Adobe RGB 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction 4 Select the input profile Select an Input Profile that matches the color space of the image data For sRGB data or data without an input ICC profile Select Standard For Adobe RGB data Select Adobe RGB 1998 265 J Important e When the application software specifies an input profile the input profile setting of the printer driver becomes invalid e When no input ICC profiles are installed on your computer Adobe RGB 1998 wi
11. J Note e If the installer was forced to be terminated due to a Windows error the system may be in an unstable condition and you may not be able to install the driver Restart your computer before reinstalling 406 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear If Easy WebPrint EX does not start up or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer confirm the following Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX displayed on the Toolbars menu in the Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not displayed Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer Install the latest Easy WebPrint EX onto your computer from our website Note If Easy WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer a message asking you to install it may be displayed on the notification area on the desktop Click the message then follow the instructions on the computer screen to install Easy WebPrint EX e While the installation or download Easy WebPrint EX is in progress it is necessary to access the Internet Is Canon Easy WebPrint EX selected on the Toolbars menu in the Internet Explorer s View menu If Canon Easy WebPrint EX is not selected Easy WebPrint EX is disabled Select Canon Easy WebPrint EX to enable it 407 How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment Download the latest printer driver in advance To obtain the latest printer driver access our web site through the Internet and download t
12. B Most noticeable vertical streaks e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks A B A Least noticeable horizontal streaks B Most noticeable horizontal streaks 9 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed gt Important Do not open the top cover while printing is in progress 10 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes 98 When you have entered all the necessary values click OK DJ Note If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks 11 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The third pattern is printed Important e Do not open the top cover while printing is in progress 12 Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes 99
13. If your printer has a LCD monitor 2 Display the Home screen 24 3 Select Setup 4 Select a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Register with Google Cloud Print Note e If you have already registered the machine with Google Cloud Print the confirmation message to re register the machine is displayed 5 When the confirmation screen to register the machine is displayed select Yes 6 Select a display language on the print setting screen of Google Cloud Print The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed 7 Load A4 or Letter sized plain paper then select OK The authentication URL is printed 8 Ensure that the authentication URL is printed select Yes 9 Perform the authentication process using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the authentication process following the on screen instructions Note e Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in advance 10 When the message that the registration is complete is displayed on the LCD of the machine select OK When authentication process is complete properly the registration items are displayed When authentication process is complete you can print the data with Google Cloud Print When authentication process is not complete prope
14. Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted works works of art without permission of copyright owner e e e e e e e e e 202 Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution dpi Interface Operating environment Storage environment Power supply Power consumption External dimensions Print Head Ink Network Specifications 9600 horizontal x 2400 vertical Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1 9600 inch at minimum USB Port Hi Speed USB 1 LAN Port Wired LAN 100BASE TX 10BASE T Wireless LAN IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b 2 1 A computer that complies with Hi Speed USB standard is required Since the Hi Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1 1 it can be used at USB 1 1 2 Setup possible through WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WCN Windows Connect Now or Cableless setup 12 7 inches 322 2 mm for Borderless Printing 13 inches 329 mm Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied inst
15. 3 Edit The Edit Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible MAC Addresses Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to register the MAC address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network D Important Add the MAC address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list 5 Delete Deletes the selected MAC address from the list When Selecting IP address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their IP addresses Computers or network devices whose IP addresses appear on the list are allowed access 164 WrelessLAN WredLAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Access Control Type IP Address y Enable printer socess controa P address Instructions 1 Enable printer access control IP address Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access c
16. Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type and paper source settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Eile Bage Zoom Option Help e gt gt E Whole Part Page information Porter Paper Sze Letter 85x11 22x23em p Meda Tipe Pian Paper Lgh Parte Source Ree Tray T Page Layout J Noma aze Current page 1 Copies 1 File Menu Selects the print operation Start Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Start Printing on the toolbar Cancel Printing Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen This command has the same function as the Cancel Printing on the toolbar Exit Ends the Canon IJ Preview Page Menu This menu includes the following commands to select page to be displayed All of these commands except Page Selection can also be selected from the toolbar DJJ Note e If the pages are being spool
17. Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values factory settings Custom dialog box Set the quality level and select the desired print quality Quality You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type 301 Note e The High Standard or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar Therefore when the slider bar is moved the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left This is the same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab Color Adjustment Tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted You can check the color adjustment status easily by changing th
18. Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer If i appears in the result of the measurement check whether other computers are not accessing the printer 141 r still appears even if you have tried the above finish the measurement then restart the IJ Network Tool to start over the measurement 7 Click Finish DJ Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance 142 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine D Important Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Maintenance from the Settings menu The Maintenance screen is displayed 4 Click Initialize Sething intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick intisize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card siot via the network cick Setup Status Not set Instructions 5 When the confirmation screen is displayed click Yes Retums the printer settings to the factory defaults Initialize settings The network settings of the printer is initialized Do not turn off the printe
19. Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer Network Information Screen Display Warning Automatically Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen When this menu is selected the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen DJ Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool 172 Status Screen You can check the printer status and connection performance To display the Status screen select Status from the View menu Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using wired LAN Signal Strength Link Quality and Advanced Measur
20. Enable disable IPv6 Initial Values Enable wireless LAN BJNPSETUP Infrastructure Disable Auto setup Auto setup XXXXXXXXXXXX Enable Enable disable WSD WSD settings Enable Timeout setting WSD settings 1 minute Enable disable Bonjour Bonjour settings Enable Service name Bonjour settings Canon iX6800 series LPR protocol setting Wireless LAN DRX Wired LAN DRX Enable Enable Enable The initial value in this item varies by the printer 121 Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is located on the rear of the printer 122 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup When the printer is detected during setup you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result screen Select a printer with checking the MAC address set to the printer against the MAC address on detection result screen To check the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information 123 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To add the computer connecting the printer with LAN or to change the connection method between the printer and the computer from USB to LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Con
21. If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 467 6001 Cause Printer error has occurred Action If the front cover is closed open it Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important e Do not close the front cover while the printer is in operation otherwise an error will occur 468 6500 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 469 6502 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 470 6800 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 471 6801 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn th
22. Print Results Not Satisfactory TOT EOI TASTET TEET TETE enh OT TST E 381 Cannot Prit O End Of JOD caste oaa rosrai renne a aaa aaae a a 382 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 383 Lines Are Misaligoet sagai reran bikes 2rd ca a Bai eee aogd Ah hace cae 385 Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially scese ei cee tiee ddd debbdee etd te aeeewewten bk eae 900 Image Dees Not Print or Prints Partially s ssas ee ae ded odie eee siirsi ikini ta 387 Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots VO seb t IGG ye Vebtaseewadar aoe Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 2 0 0 6 050 05 504 epee eee ede eben ees 389 Back of the Paper Is Smudged SKN aian MR EEE EENT TETT KEE Jenan O92 Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout nunaa anaana 393 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked nanunua anaana aana 394 OKONO E E janc22 ceed cates artea ts aa Ar a a eTA a EA 396 Problems with the Pie cese htekeGede tad eked rer beki togter Hd RK ne 397 The Printer Cannot Be Powered On ciorsoriosareraakt oahi re akri tarr ioar Daa peaa 398 The Printer Turns Off Unintentionally ene aman ee eee ja doas C TE T TTE E Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly nanna aaan auaa 400 Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection PEE AE EIIE AAT EAEN 401 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Repl
23. TCP IP Version Selected IP Address IPv4 Default Gateway IPv4 Subnet Mask IPv6 IP Address 1 Selected IP Address IPv6 IPv6 Default Gateway 1 Default Gateway IPv6 Subnet Prefix Length 1 Subnet Prefix Length 125 ee 0 to 100 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Security Protocol 2 Method of the Security Protocol ESP ESP amp AH AH WPS PIN CODE WPS PIN code XXXXXXXX Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception wireless Enable Disable LAN Wired LAN Wired LAN Enable Disable Status of the Wired LAN Active Inactive MAC Address MAC Address XX XX XX XX XX XX IPv4 IP Address Selected IP Address IPv4 XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv4 Default Gateway Default Gateway IPv4 XXX XXX XXX XXX Subnet Mask Subnet Mask XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv6 IP Address 1 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX TCP IP Version TCP IP Version IPv4 amp IPv6 IPv4 IPv6 Default Gateway 1 Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 1 Subnet Prefix Length SN ooo 126 IP Address Filtering IP Address Filtering Enable Disable XX represents alphanumeric characters 1 Only when IPV6 is activated the status of the network is printed 2 Only IPv6 and the IPsec setting are activated the status of the network is printed 127 About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings gt Screens for
24. Useful Functions Available from Applications and the Main Unit You can create items such as collages easily or download delightful printing materials and print them Useful Functions Available from Applications and the Main Unit On the printer the following useful functions are available from applications and the main unit e Print Photos Easily Download Content Materials Print Photos on Facebook Print Photos Easily Using an Application Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden you can register the names of people and events to photos You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar event and person This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on lt Calendar View gt Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows Based on the information registered to photos Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards The created items appear in slide shows eS If there is an item you like you can easily print it in just two steps 1 In Image Display of Quick Menu select the item you want to print 2 Print the item with My Image Garden Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful
25. gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Enter ipconfig all and press the Enter key The IP addresses and the MAC addresses of the network devices installed on your computer are displayed When the network device is not connected to the network the IP address is not displayed Checking If the Computer and the Printer or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate To check that communication is available perform the ping test 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for Command Prompt e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Command Prompt 2 Type the ping command and the IP address of the target printer or the target access point and then press the Enter key ping XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device 368 If the communication is available a message such as the following is displayed Reply from XXX XXX XXX XXX bytes 32 time 10ms TTL 255 When Request timed out is displayed the communication is not available Checking the Network Setting Information To check the IP address or the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information 369 How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Defau
26. instructions and check the settings Check the status of the panter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN e If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer 171 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port e If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly e If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh e If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information
27. printing at night Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status Custom Settings Opens the Custom Settings dialog box Perform this function to change the settings of this printer Note e If the printer is off or bi directional communication is disabled a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer View Print History This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview and displays the print history D gt Note e You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver View Printer Status Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding Note e If you are using the XPS printer driver the Canon IJ Status Monitor becomes the Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor 320 About Opens the About dialog box The version of the printer driver plus a copyright notice can be checked In addition the language to be used can be switched Initial Check Items Check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink Then if necessary perform Nozzle Check
28. reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data The recommended printing method depends on the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three dimensional effects and high sharp contrasts e To print by directly applying editing and touch up results of an application software When printing the data the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact When printing the data the printer applies fine adjustment results such as brightness adjustments made with an application software Printing with ICC Profiles Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the inp
29. tn 5 i CE 43 Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Printer 44 Main Components gt Front View gt Rear View gt Inside View 45 Front View 1 6 5 1 top cover Open to replace an ink tank or remove jammed paper inside the printer 2 paper support Extend to load paper in the rear tray 3 rear tray Load paper here Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time and fed automatically one sheet at a time Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes 4 paper guides Align with both sides of the paper stack 5 front cover Open to pull out the paper output tray before printing 6 paper output tray Printed paper is ejected Open it before printing 46 All lamps are shown lit in the above figure for explanatory purposes 7 RESUME CANCEL button Alarm lamp Press to cancel a print job in progress This lamp lights or flashes orange when an error occurs You can press this button to release from printer error status and resume printing after the printer problem is resolved 3J Note e You can check the status of the printer by the POWER and Alarm lamps POWER lamp is off The power is off POWER lamp lights white The printer is ready to print POWER lamp flashes white The printer is getting ready to print or printing is in progress Alarm
30. Alignment the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print Print a nozzle check pattern and check whether the print head is working properly If the print result for a specific color is fainted or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head To display a list of items that you should check before printing the nozzle check pattern click Initial Check Items Print Check Pattern This function prints a pattern that allows you to check whether the any of the ink nozzles are clogged Click Print Check Pattern When the confirmation message is displayed click OK The Pattern Check dialog box is then displayed Left side bitmap good The print head nozzles are not clogged Right side bitmap bad The print head nozzles may be clogged Exit Closes the Pattern Check dialog box and returns to the Maintenance tab Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Bottom Plate Cleaning Performs cleaning of the bottom plate of the printer To prevent smudges on the back side of a sheet of paper perform Bottom Plate Cleaning before you perform duplex printing Also perform Bottom
31. Check 3 357 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 000000 358 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 TIET LETTERE 359 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 2000 eae 360 The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN were Corre reece TETP wee 361 The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LANis3 0 c0020000ese0s 0ee0ceenee es 363 Other Problems with NetWork ss cr ceses eee hey eevee e ee Ov Eee DoE EE Ee dee EEE Se Fes 364 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key oi 4 csc 0 siniora eee cua weeds 365 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup 366 The Admin Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten 0 0 00 cece eee eee 367 Checking Information about the Network eee RETINET TE EET TIPET sese BOs How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default 5 370 Problema with al ee ee ee 371 Ponting Does Wel Sta 225 2 oa ntr iaee seid ds kia SRR NED SAG ORNL E A AA ERNA 372 Paper JAMS ccs lt s04 c48e0e as SEA TOEN E EE eae apese EET TETEE EEE EIN 375 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs 00000 200 e eee ee eeeeaes 376 Printing Stops Before It Is Completed ee ee ee RAET ere ANET TA EE eee PARET _ 379 Problems with Printing Quality ee ee dS he eee RE Pee eS 380
32. Driver Setup Window Canon lJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use Printer Driver 284 Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver called printer driver below is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because different models support different print data formats you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using Printer Driver Types On Windows Vista SP1 or later you can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the regular printer driver The XPS printer driver is suited to print from an application software that supports XPS printing Important e To use the XPS printer driver the standard printer driver must already be installed on your computer Installing the Printer Driver e To install the regular printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then install the driver from Start Setup Again e To install the XPS printer driver load the Setup CD ROM that comes with the printer and then select XPS Driver from Add Software Specifying the Printer Driver To specify the printer driver open the Print dialog box of the application software y
33. ICM is disabled in the application software ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Interpreting the ICC Profile 260 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Windows a color management system called ICM is built into the operating system Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color
34. In Windows 8 select IJ Network Tool on the Start screen to start IJ Network Tool If IJ Network Tool is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for IJ Network Tool e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities IJ Network Tool and then IJ Network Tool DJ Note e You can also start up IJ Network Tool by clicking g Network Settings from Device Settings amp Maintenance on Quick Menu 130 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 9 gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab The Wireless LAN sheet is displayed Wireless LAN Admin Password v Network Type rtrest
35. LAN cable is connected properly Make sure that the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable If the LAN cable is loose connect the cable properly If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router connect the cable to the LAN side of the router 363 Other Problems with Network Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Admin Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten Checking Information about the Network gt How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default 364 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP WPA WPA2 Key How to Set a WEP WPA WPA2 Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP WPA WPA2 Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the printer to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool How to Set a WEP WPA WPA2 Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point c
36. Network Connection of IJ Network Tool gt Other Screens of IJ Network Tool gt Appendix for Network Communication 128 Changing and Confirming Network Settings IJ Network Tool Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status gt Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine gt Viewing the Modified Settings 129 IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings It is installed when the machine is set up Important To use the machine over LAN make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type such as an access point or a LAN cable Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access IJ Network Tool has been verified to work on Windows XP however it does not support Fast User Switching It is recommended to exit IJ Network Tool when switching users Starting up IJ Network Tool 1 Start up IJ Network Tool as shown below
37. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition 448 1700 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to continue printing Contact the service center 449 1701 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to continue printing Contact the service center 450 2100 Cause The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not match Action Check the print settings and the loaded paper load paper of the correct size then press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button If you want to cancel printing press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button again while the POWER lamp is flashing 451 2101 Cause The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not match Action Check the print settings and the loaded paper load paper of the correct size then press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button If you want to cancel printing press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button again while the POWER lamp is flashing 452 2102 Cause The printer has detected that the paper has been fed aligned to one side Action Load the paper into the center of the rear tray then slide the paper guides to align with the both edges of the paper stack Press the printer s RESUME CANCE
38. ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the printer is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool and select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you confirmed in step 4 then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss
39. T71 Ceren Legal Ayras pe a a ana aa Seas a ewes eos 72 Envelopes asir ae a a a a a a a 73 Replacing an Ink Wiese ce eens cekin ne eave cebbad ae keh eee Pees eee eseoa 74 Replacing an Ink Taniki lt 21iic2000c 00nicecebsdaoidasdirdst44enededaaaa unaa fests Gres eal wa 75 Checkmng the Pk SUS eesisrrani rdd eie EEE N a ahaa E a 80 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps Lae ia en ea Rea a TAREN EEEE TER EEEE 81 MamtenanCE 2 oecece eke sedehacsioeeeec Se bbte ie tba sengceeedetecedesedes 83 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect 2 006 ce ei eee eee eee be eee ee ees 84 Mamtenance Procede cic iidde salen dope badd bee oe hada Ba he ea hea 85 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern 10 iccc00 carr ndeeria teen baeea ede he rrna EARNER 87 Examining the Nozzle Check PateMivcccaadn cs ce tne oe dake tee aow nha Ae 88 Cleaning ihe Print Head e vcs os eee ee dicaree eee euiad ye doe ee a SEO Re eee eae eo Oe 89 Aligning the Pint HEA sx 26662 ceed ob aw dos cad doe wai as Baldi eo Dh aS 90 Performing Maintenance from a Computer s22c cceestiivarteeedideeiduwedewedaaeee eens 91 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer cedars di ede wns aeaa 92 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer 0000000 cece eee eee 94 Aligning We Prnt HAG sc shel ask d eRe SA a GE SEAVER E EK eee eS dae 95 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer aaaea cee eee 96 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually fr
40. The Custom Settings dialog box opens Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align heads manually check box 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK 5 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 6 Load paper in the printer Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray 7 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message Important e Do not open the top cover while printing is in progress 8 Check the printed pattern 97 Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least amount of streaks in the associated boxes Even if the patterns with the least amount of streaks are clicked in the preview window their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes TTT i1 rT TTT FY t When you have entered all the necessary values click OK Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks
41. When the confirmation screen to delete the machine is displayed select Yes 26 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically if the machine is turned on When printing from a computer smartphone or other external device with Google Cloud Print load paper into the machine in advance Sending the Print Data with Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on Note e If you want to send the print data from an outside location turn on the machine in advance 2 Print from the computer or smartphone The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google Cloud Print The screen differs depending on the applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print IS New tab New window New incognite window Bookmarks Edit Cut Copy Paste Zoom w Print Save page as Find t Total 1 sheet of paper ce Tools gt History bh Destination Downloads t Sign in to Chrome Settings About Google Chrome Help Exit When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the machine is turned on the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically DJ Note Depending on the communication status it may take a while to print the print data or the machine may not receive th
42. a thick rug or carpet Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall e e Power supply e Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary e Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord Pulling the cord may damage the power cord leading to possible fire or electrical shock e Do not use an extension lead cord Working around the machine e Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing When moving the machine carry the machine at both ends In case the machine weighs more than 14 kg it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine Accidental dropping of the machine causes injury For the machine s weight refer to the On screen Manual Do not place any object on the machine Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the machine Do not transport or use the machine on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the machine e Working around the machine For the multifunction printer e When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass do not press hard on the Document Cover The Platen Glass may break and cause injury Print Heads ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or gi
43. allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper the page order and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Pages Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet Page Order Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line Tiling Poster Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings of the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box You can check
44. at the bottom of that image into the Intensity and Contrast fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Sarrio Tygo Rarderd C Yew Color Patten Paps a pattern tor color adustmert 282 Note e You can also set intensity contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the intensity contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function Important e When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing Manual is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is Normal size or Borderless e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 283 Overview of the Printer Driver eeeeuy Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer
45. be printed 8 Tap the Print When you execute printing the printer prints according to the specified settings Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple device and the region in which AirPrint is used When Apple s photo app is used the default paper size is L size in Japan and 4 x6 or KG in other countries and regions When documents are printed from Apple s Safari app the default paper size is letter size in the U S region and A4 in Japan and Europe Important e Your app may support different paper sizes Checking the Print Status During printing a Print icon is displayed in the list of recently used app and you can use it to check the print progress To display the list of latest used app press the Home button on the Apple device twice The Print icon is displayed at the bottom of the Home screen 34 Deleting a Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From the machine If your printer has a LCD monitor use the operation panel to cancel the print job If you printer does not have a LCD monitor press the Stop button on the machine to cancel the print job From an Apple device Press the Home button on the Apple device twice Tap the Print icon and display the print job list Tap the print job to be canceled and then tap Cancel Print AirPrint Troubleshooting If the document do
46. cable is connected Make sure that the printer is turned on Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure that the router is turned on If the LAN cable is connected and the printer or the network device is turned off Turn on the printer or the network device After turning on the printer or the network device it may take some time until ready for use After a while just turning on the printer or the network device click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the printer is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the LAN cable is connected and the printer and the network device are turned on If the printer and the network device are turned on or if the printer could not be detected after clicking Redetect go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 358 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 Are the computer and the router configured and can the computer connect to the network Make sure that you can view web pages on your computer If you cannot view any web pages Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication After that configure the computer and network device For the procedures refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device or contact their manufacturers If you can view web pages after configur
47. change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format oS a Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Select Auto or Open System or Shared Key 154 WPA Details Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WPA settings The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings The current settings for cent authentication are as follows To change the settings click Change Settings 1 Dynamic Encryption Type TKIP Basic Encryntion 2 Authentication Type PSK 1 Authentication Type Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication This machine supports the PSK authentication method 2 Dynamic Encryption Type Displays the dynamic encryption method 3 Change Settings Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 155 W
48. deed i e a eE eee 328 Canon IJ Status Monitor Description 0 0 00000 cc a 336 Updating the Printer Driver 22 60 660004 eer bh Ghia ell RG Bh Se hea TEPEE ate Bie 339 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver 244 2454 2446 0000 dae dee kde ke ee 340 Deleting the Unnecessary Printer DAVeh 02 200000002 ceetdewwde dene eew wenden nes 341 Before Installing ihe Printer DIVER co sto dened es earned Rete dnwet cheer Gouda ia 342 Installing the Printer Driver 000 sit aad LOTET EEEE EEE TEE 343 Ue oo os i ee he 8 he RE ee 344 Problems with Network Communication 00 0 0c e ee ees 345 Problems with the Printer While Using with Network 00 0 0 cece eee eae 346 The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly weer TPF EEE T psss PS _ 347 Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer 350 Printing Speed Is Slow Sita aed Lane beeeds Siiri TT TLEER T abate eg OO Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 352 Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network 5h nau TE FETERE TY TETIT TET Maen 999 Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication aaus aa aeaaea 354 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 005 395 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 2 0 5 356 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup
49. floor GS When using wireless LAN make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings When you replace an access point perform network setup of the printer again Perform network setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website If the problem is not resolved see below Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering a WEP WPA WPA2 Key to the Access Point When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Printer After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering a WEP WPA WPA2 Key to the Access Point Confirm the access point setting Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to confirm the access point setting Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other under this setting If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the access point confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the compute
50. for the Power Plug Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord 50 Confirming that the Power Is On The POWER lamp is lit white when the printer is turned on 3J Note e It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer 51 Turning the Printer On and Off Turning on the printer 1 Press the ON button to turn on the printer The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit white Confirming that the Power Is On Note e It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer If the Alarm lamp flashes orange see If an Error Occurs e You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or network This feature is set to off by default Managing the Printer Power Turning off the printer 1 Press the ON button to turn off the printer When the POWER lamp stops flashing the printer is turned off 3 Important e When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer be sure to confirm that the POWER lamp is off Note e You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no print jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval This is the default setting 52 Managing the Printer Power 53 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the p
51. from a Smartphone with PIXMA Printing Solutions Use PIXMA Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone wirelessly You can also receive scanned data PDF or JPEG directly on a smartphone without using a computer PIXMA Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT printing is easy because you simply connect this machine to the network For information about connecting to the network see here When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print settings is downloaded automatically By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility you can check the printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method 22 Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print 1 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 2 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 33 Important LAN connection with the machine and Internet connection are required to register the machine and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply e This function may not
52. in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced 373 OEE Restart your computer 374 Paper Jams When paper is jammed the Alarm lamp flashes orange and a troubleshooting message is displayed on the computer screen automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message Support Code 1300 Paper is jammed at the paper output siot 2 Press the printers RESUME buton Printing resumes from the page where the paper jam occured Le For details on how to remove the jammed paper refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 3J Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search 375 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Make sure that paper is loaded Loading Paper Make sure of the following when you load paper When loading two or more sheets of paper flip through the paper before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit However proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the sheets of paper y
53. is running low ink level warning Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing When a printer error occurs it shows the cause and solution Follow the instruction in the message Printer Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer Indicates that a warning operator call error has occurred or the printer is working There has been an error which requires a service Ink Tank Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a low ink warning or a no ink error occurs In addition this function displays graphics showing the estimated ink levels of the ink tank In this case click the graphics to open the Ink Details dialog box You can check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your printer Document Name Shows the name of the document to be printed Owner Shows the owner s name of the document to be printed Printing Page Shows the number of printing page and total printing pages 336 Display Print Queue Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in the print queue Cancel Printing Cancels the current print job J Important e The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the
54. is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copy to the clipboard 180 Appendix for Network Communication Using the Card Slot over a Network When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port About Technical Terms Restrictions gt About Firewall 181 Using the Card Slot over a Network 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network To mount the card slot as the network drive follow the procedure below 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine 2 Start up IJ Network Tool 3 Select the machine in Printers 4 Select Maintenance on the Settings menu 5 Click Setup Setting intialization To retum the printer settings to the factory defaults cick Initialize Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup Status Not set Instructions 6 Specify the drive letter then click OK Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specfy the deve letter and cick O
55. lamp flashes orange An error has occurred and the printer is not ready to print POWER lamp flashes white and Alarm lamp flashes orange alternately An error that requires contacting the service center may have occurred f an Error Occurs 8 ON button POWER lamp Press to turn the power on or off This lamp lights white after flashing when the power is turned on 9 Wi Fi button Wi Fi lamp Hold down to automatically set up the wireless LAN connection Lights or flashes blue to indicate the wireless LAN status Lights Wireless LAN connection is enabled Flashes Printing or scanning over wireless LAN Also flashes while configuring the wireless LAN connection 47 Rear View 1 wired LAN connector Plug in the LAN cable to connect the printer to a LAN 2 USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer 3 power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord 3 Important e Do not touch the metal casing Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable or LAN cable while printing 48 Inside View 1 ink lamps Lights or flashes red to indicate the ink tank status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 2 print head holder The print head is pre installed 3J Note e For details on replacing an ink tank see Replacing an Ink Tank 49 About the Power Supply of the Printer gt Confirming that the Power Is On gt Turning the Printer On and Off Notice
56. lt l V Aatoenatically seduce large documert that the certer caret ofpt C Duplex Parting Manusi Stapling Sde Long ecde saping Leh Copes r 1 0 333 gi Z Part tom Last Page V Collate some oe oes tor C The Stamp Background dialog box opens Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and Background cannot be used 3 Click Select Background The Background Settings dialog box opens 241 4 Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File Select the target bitmap file bmp and then click Open 5 Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window Intensity Set the intensity of the background image data with the Intensity slider Moving the slider to the right darkens the background and moving the slider to the left lightens the background To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position 6 Save the background Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be ente
57. not be fed properly gt Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation B Loading paper in the landscape orientation C can cause paper jams B C 3J Note Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark D 59 gt Note e After loading paper select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the printer driver 60 Loading Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly gt Important Do not use the following envelopes They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction e Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface e Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive 1 Prepare envelopes e Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them t e7 D gt If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction r e If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease Se lt lt The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope 3 Important e The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not alig
58. not selected 403 Problems with Installation Downloading gt Cannot Install the Printer Driver Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment gt Uninstalling IJ Network Tool 404 Cannot Install the Printer Driver If the installation does not start even after the Setup CD ROM is inserted into your computer s disc drive Start the installation following the procedure below 1 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 select the Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop then select Computer from the list on the left o In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click Start then Computer In Windows XP click Start then My Computer 2 Double click the 2 CD ROM icon on the displayed window If the contents of the CD ROM are displayed double click MSETUP4 EXE If you cannot install the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM install it from our website D gt Note If the CD ROM icon is not displayed try the following e Remove the CD ROM from your computer then insert it again e Restart your computer If the icon is not yet displayed try different discs and see if they are displayed If other discs are displayed there is a problem with the Setup CD ROM In this case contact the service center If you are unable to proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen Printer Connection Make sure that the printer is conne
59. or transmitter The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 40 Users in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person s body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles Pour les usagers r sidant au Canada Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouill
60. printer Once the print data has been sent the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable Option Menu If you select Enable Status Monitor when a printer related message is generated the Canon lJ Status Monitor starts When Enable Status Monitor is selected following commands are available Always Display Current Job Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor during printing Always Display on Top Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows Display Guide Message Displays the guide for operations in which how to set paper is complicated Envelope Printing Displays the guide message when envelope printing starts To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Envelope Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting Hagaki Printing Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click Hagaki Printing on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting How to load narrow width paper Before printing on narrow width paper the printer displays guide messages To hide this guide message select the Do not show this message again check box To display the guide messages again click How to load narrow width paper on the Display Guide Message in the Option menu an
61. reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment FCC ID AZDK30357 Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate equipment This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna
62. sale e This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide How to Print Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide To set to print background colors and images follow the steps below J Note e In Windows 8 print in the desktop version e In Internet Explorer 9 or 10 1 Select Ej Tools gt Print gt Page setup 2 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Internet Explorer 8 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively from Tools select Toolbars gt Menu Bar to display the menus 2 Select Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox In Mozilla Firefox 1 Press the Alt key to display the menus Alternatively click Firefox then select Menu Bar from the right arrow of Options to display the menus 2 Select Page Setup from the File menu 3 Select the Print Background colors amp images checkbox in Format amp Options How to Use the Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Caution Instructions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect oper
63. see Wired LAN Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm Set the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment 6 Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed 138 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Admin Password tab The Admin Password sheet is displayed Wieless LAN Admin Password Vv Use admin password Password Password Corfiemation For details on the Admin Password sheet see Admin Password Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm To use admin password select the Use admin password check box and enter a password Important e The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32 characters The password is case sensitive Do not forget the password you set 6 Click OK A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed 139 Monitoring Wireless Network Status 2 Note e This screen is not available depending on the print
64. set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 8 511 22280m al The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust color balance 268 There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example when cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK y ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Rerderd C Yew Color Paten Pryt a pation for color ach atrnert 3J Important e Adjust the slider gradually 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance D Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Setting the
65. settings gt WLAN setting list or LAN setting list Then from the displayed window check the IP address DJ Note To print the IP address load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper Then from the d lt home window select HA Setup gt ee Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt Print LAN details in sequence 29 If your printer does not have a LCD monitor 2 Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper 3 Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 6 times 4 Release the button Printing of the network setup information starts Remote UI startup In the Web browser directly enter the IPv4 address that you checked from the LCD monitor of the machine The Remote UI starts 1 From your computer smartphone or tablet device open the Web browser and enter the following URL http lt Printer IP address gt For lt Printer IP address gt enter the IP address that you checked in Checking the printer IP address 2 Remote UI startup The Remote UI starts and the top window is displayed Menu Printer status Utilities AirPrint settings Google Cloud Print setup Firmware update Manual Online Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page and use Web Services Utilities This functio
66. size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced Is the space of your computer s hard disk sufficient Delete unnecessary files to free disk space 382 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results Pa Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 383 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Check the status of ink tanks Replace the ink tank if the ink has run out Replacing an Ink Tank CSE Is the orange tape or protective film remaining Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the Y shape air hole is exposed as illustrated in A If the orange tape is left as in B pull the orange tape and remove it A B GLE Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see i
67. the Printer Paper Size Duplex Printing Manual Stapling Side settings and the Stamp Background Stamp button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable When Envelope High Resolution Paper or T Shirt Transfers is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab you cannot perform borderless printing Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing the print quality may deteriorate at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data a portion of the image may not be printed depending on the size of the media used In this case crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size Note e When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab borderless printing is not recommended Therefore the message for media selection appears When you are using plain paper for test printing select Plain Paper and click OK Expanding the Range of the Document to Print Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems However the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason the subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing reduce the amount of extension The extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is m
68. the ink tank with the lamp flashing fast Push the tab A and lift the ink tank to remove A gt Important Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks e Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area e Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables Note Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when replacing two or more ink tanks 76 e For details on ink lamp flashing speed see Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 4 Prepare a new ink tank 1 Take a new ink tank out of its package remove the orange tape O completely then remove the protective film completely B gt Important e Handle an ink tank carefully Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it e If the orange tape remains on the Y shape air hole B ink may splash or the printer may not print properly 2 Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap C pointing up while being careful not to block the Y shape air hole B C 3 Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap C to remove it off GENTLY C D gt Important e Do not push the sides of the ink tank If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y shape air hole B blocked ink may splash e Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap C or the ope
69. the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 483 6940 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 484 6941 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 485 6942 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 486 6943 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 487 6944 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 488 6945 Cause Printer error has occur
70. the printer been printing continuously for a long period If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The printer may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case wait for a while without operation If the printing still does not resume interrupt your print session at a convenient time and turn the printer off for at least 15 minutes A Caution e The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the printer Never touch the print head or nearby components 379 Problems with Printing Quality Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected 380 Print Results Not Satisfactory If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors confirm the paper and print quality settings first CFG Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded paper When these settings are incorrect you cannot obtain a proper print result If you are printing a photograph or an illustration incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched In borderless printing uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper Confirm the page size and media type settings us
71. the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 279 Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity contrast When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity contrast while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Letter 85 11 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences 280 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Sanderd C Yew Color Paten Cok cme tt 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items
72. tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer e When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer have its box marked THIS SIDE UP to keep the printer with its bottom facing down Mark also with FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE a 1 Turn the printer off 2 Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord Important Do not unplug the printer while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing white as it may cause malfunction or damage to the printer making the printer unable to print 3 Retract the paper support then close it 4 Retract the paper output tray then close the front cover gently 5 Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer then unplug the power cord from the printer 6 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during transportation Then pack the printer in the plastic bag 7 Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box 201 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be unlawful to print the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction e Paper money Money orders Certificates of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identifying badges or insignias
73. 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt 3 1 sheet A3 10 sheets A3 A4 and Letter Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt 3 1 sheet A3 and 10 x 12 25 x 30 cm 10 sheets A3 A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt 1 sheet A3 10 sheets A3 A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Paper for printing business documents Media Name lt Model No gt Paper Output Tray 66 High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 20 sheets A3 20 sheets A3 and A3 50 sheets A3 50 sheets A4 and Letter 80 sheets A4 and Letter Paper for creating your own prints Media Name lt Model No gt Rear Tray T Shirt Transfers lt TR 301 gt 1 sheet Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt 1 sheet 1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature or humidity In such cases reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half 2 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration 3 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time 67 Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use
74. 2 Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 263 Printing with ICC Profiles When the image data has a specified input ICC profile you can print by using the color space Adobe RGB or SRGB of the data effectively The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data When you print the editing and touch up results of Adobe Photoshop Canon Digital Photo Professional or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself or one for special Canon paper be sure to select color management items from your application software For instructions refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select None for Color Correction 4 Set the other items
75. 2 95 x 26 61 inches 329 0 x 676 0 mm Paper Weight You can use paper in the following weight range e 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 g m except for Canon genuine paper Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the printer Notes on Storing Paper e Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight 65 Paper Load Limit Commercially Available Papers Plain Paper including recycled paper 1 Approx 150 sheets Approx 50 sheets Canon Genuine Papers J Note We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration except for High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt Paper for printing photos Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt 3 1 sheet A3 10 sheets A3 A4 Letter and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 3 1 sheet A3 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 3 1 sheet A3 10 sheets A4 and Letter 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 3 1 sheet A3 10 sheets A3 A4 Letter 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and 8 x
76. 230 Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center ed The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set booklet printing Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the window Quick Setup Main Page Seto Martenance EN Pope Sre Letier 85 11 22280m amp Orientation A Pora A n n C Rotate 180 degrees GRP Prea Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m LA m j ar K 3j ay 2 2 Let E FrtoPage Scaled Page Layot Tiing Poster 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the margin for stapling and the margin width Click Specify and specify the following settings in the Booklet Printing dialog box and then click OK 231 ches 0 012 Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank check the check box and select the page to be left blank Margin Enter the margin width The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the mar
77. 397 The Printer Cannot Be Powered On Press the ON button Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord connector of the printer then turn it back on Unplug the printer from the power supply then plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on after leaving it for at least 3 minutes If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 398 The Printer Turns Off Unintentionally Deactivate the setting to turn the unit off automatically The printer turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if you activate the setting to turn the unit off automatically If you do not want the printer to turn off automatically open the printer driver setup window and in Auto Power under the Maintenance sheet select Disable for Auto Power Off 399 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Printing Speed Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work This device can perform faster Message Is Displayed If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi Speed USB the printer will operate at a lower speed provided under USB 1 1 In this case the printer operates properly but printing speed may slow down due to communication speed Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Speed USB connecti
78. 458 Da 3520 cs posteasheseeant ee eee E E a ceteen eee E E E 459 Pe 2i5 cetnesteeesetaaulttetegngeceechesasetesS luk gacneeieigenseiees 460 co a re Se ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee 461 TOO nie ha Oo hee ea ep cae bs es ot ee EAE 462 OBOU wecasmieiee bone pora wasnt chbsGes oeesaciosseat eee ase eeueceses 463 Co a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 464 et ua ek wa oe os Gah ab oe a elena oa ee eee ee he ee ae a ca 465 Pies hee E E E E E 44 egeetieseiete eee E E A EE E 466 GOOO a ee er ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 467 Dre 546 545 Gad ese bate Osa eae gduresesen 4 ee R dieses seen eetaae Hi 470 OO E A totes teduceesesbae cece ee eesacesheue ghee ee tecegasutses 471 Pe eos eee eee bes 64 ot eee an a E AE EENE EA EAA E TEE E E 472 eee eee ee n ee ee E ee ee eee eT ee re ee EE eee er 473 BOON cine chee A E A se tegen cheese ge eek sul edeek eee A S EEEE TT 474 ct Ee Se eee ee EEE PE ee ee re ee ee ee ee eer eee 475 Oera eee eee ee ee eee ee eee ree er ee were ee ee Te ee ee eee errs 476 Celle A A EA EELEE AT E cose se eesace Saher ghee se tecegasucsee 477 oe See eee eee et ree eee ee ne Te ee ee er ee ee eee ee 478 Sd eee eee Lee ee ee eee eT ee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee ee a 479 JS a ee er ee ee ee er eee ee ee ee 480 Se eee ee eee re ee eee ee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee 481 ee eee ee eee ee ee eee A ee eee ee eT ee eee Te ee ee ee 482 Jos ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee 483 ce eee ie ee a ee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee re re ee re ee ee 484 Dy ia ci b e
79. 71 4 mm 8 00 x 13 69 inches 203 2 x 347 6 mm ef st gt a E F HE Recommended printing area A 1 59 inches 40 4 mm B 1 47 inches 37 4 mm E Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm 72 Envelopes Envelope DL 3 88 x 7 06 inches 98 8 x 179 6 mm Envelope Com 10 3 68 x 7 90 inches 93 5 x 200 9 mm He A GEN E Recommended printing area A 0 12 inch 3 0 mm B 1 47 inches 37 4 mm C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm 73 Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status 74 Replacing an Ink Tank When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the Alarm lamp will flash orange to inform you of the error Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action If an Error Occurs Note e For information on the compatible ink tank refer to the printed manual Safety and Important Information e If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels see Maintenance Procedure Replacing Procedure When you need to replace an ink tank follow the procedure below Important e If you remove an ink tank replace it immediately Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed e Use a new ink tank for replacement Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such an ink tank t
80. ANA 149 Wireless LAN Sheet Teer ieee abate dened TETT kispi Peer Creer ee eaa iacaa TOO SMC SHSM Ach Jdvhe Hehe need are e hovered eewbhseerateuerkageg ea eenegaeeaneweadd 152 WEP Details Screen ate Sud EE AEEA EE ETIA APET a eos mie aed 154 WEA Details Sere iiss 0414 32 agama aar RA Sa Gasred PAM DERHIRITES Has E aw AA 155 WPA2 Details Screen aane EEREN PTPS REAA ee ee eee E eee cae 156 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 25 002 0cecheag 0 edge een er ees ae gbae ieee s 157 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen PLEET E PIATI 158 Setup Information Confirmation Screen sasssa aaeeea cee eee 159 Waited LAN SPET s 55 ced teat ae keh aa ead Sow deed eee 160 Admin Password SNCS cid cide pi ds Chad Erb ee Che he Wedd hbk awed a aoe eee Re RR 161 Network Information SCION chon aeons Ba dneawd aie dees dota n we awh Ba ee 162 Access Control Sheel sses saya oe oie eee ebor kiere SR EEE RE a oe Ee 163 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen 167 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 0005 168 Other Screens of I Network TOG nc ecu eee cada Gamadwah anand Wierdane wide malted Eades 169 Canon J Network Tool Steen icsapacan ces eeu wawwseoaeed oubee eE a oa hes daud eae ds 170 Status Screen ps a Spc cee ait ap pal ree pct Bone ee OM Te a Oe eT AEE re 173 Connection Performance Measurement Scr
81. Admin Password v Encryption Method TCPAP Setup Get IP address gutomatically Use next IP address 1 Network Type Infrastructure Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point 2 SSID The SSID of the wireless LAN is displayed As the initial settings the unique value is displayed Note e Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive 3 Search The Search screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to Search Screen 3 Note e When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN the button is grayed out and cannot be selected Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings 4 Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN 150 Do not use Select to disable encryption Use WEP Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified If a WEP key has not been set the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically To change WEP settings set before click Configuration to display the screen Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Use WPA Use WPA2 Transmission is encrypted using a WPA or WPA2 key you specified The security has been strengthened more than WEP If a WPA or WPAZ key has not been set the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically To change WPA or WPA2 settings set before click Configuration to display the WPA
82. Canon iX6800 series Online Manual Read Me First Useful Functions Available on the Printer Overview of the Printer Printing Troubleshooting English Contents Read Me Fcc hoe b bb oe Henk oeeereeeseen boda eetackiowkebee net 11 How to Use the Online Manual nnana nananana a 12 Trademarks and Licenses cco eee bee aaa aaa a 13 OOH TN E te ken eas Se eh eee SE E EA TE E a eee Kae 14 Notes on Operation Explanations lt s2ssa0 0 lt lt o0 lt 04s466e0 pew ee eendan 16 Useful Functions Available on the Printer 0 0 00 0 cece eeee 17 Useful Functions Available from Applications and the Main Unit 18 Helpful Functions Available Through the Network 00005 21 Pining with Google Cloud PIN os bade ee ce Se eee Seeks gada p a eee AE Ea 23 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 00000 cece eae eee tees 24 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 0 00 e eee eee 27 Usmg Remote Ul ects inten cee heed he Sed tte Chee ee sewdeee devdeeeedas 29 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device lt esisi dwwsss seeds eedecesieeenda es 32 Overview of the PANIE ecane eoererceiii eer ea ieee EEEE 37 eee Ne oes A E A A E L E E EEE 38 Saloy PICCAUNONSs 45 4 4 9408 2549 REEERE REANA A RAPERA RESIDAN ERS 39 Regulatory and Safety Information EATA age A AAT AIET 40 Main Components and Basic Operations ananasa aaeeea 44 Man
83. Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen Support Code 1000 Paper has run out Meda Type Plain Paper Page Sue Ad 1 Load paper into the rear tray 2 te lagnesesmpcknemstu E Eror Persists E 3 Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes see A Message Is Displayed 413 A Message Is Displayed This section describes some of the errors or messages DJ Note e A Support Code error number is displayed on the computer for some error or message For details on errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed Writing Error Output Error Communication Error Other Error Messages The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed The power cord may have been unplugged while the printer was still on Check the error message that appears on the computer then click OK The printer starts printing See Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord for unplugging the power cord Writing Error Output Error Communication Error If the POWER lamp is off make sure that the power plug is plugged in then turn the printer on While the POWER lamp is flashing the printer is in
84. Compo M ps eiaeiiai a aa a aaa a a 45 FOM VON 4 3 15 246 0 bv asses odes oS REN ee eea eare a aara e a SAG oon 46 Rear View ead ere eee ere re gS Gad eer cite Saree es eieiei TEO 48 SIDS OWE wee 6 4 9 00 5 5 9 09 doe E AE a A LR AAA aR ee das 49 About the Power Supply of the Printer PATEE ET eaa rE wl eared iret phe Pde Sch a van BO Confirming that the Power lS OM secc25 46210 a0es deseo e ooo oases eRe SS ikrai So eRE TES 51 Turning the Printer On and Off TE TITE EIE TETEE TEPPE eer sa 02 Notice tor the Power Plug Power Cord 6 2 24 0004 asa HGA6 SHEENA E EAE REED ERE tt AREER 54 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord 20 5 ee ee ee Sere eee 55 RO ee hs eae che oe eee ep se ee ee ee 56 Loading Paper E ENOAT SAECO ETTET ee ee er eee ave deh acer yesa SOE Loading Plain Paper Photo Papel as 25 4 vege d sean Seed esai ea e Bk 5S eae De esue eee 58 Loading Envelopes eee EUTIN pEi aR NS eer ee iva Gu naman ed eee Sie G1 Media Types You Can USG oiocs cas ea need Soha eed babe a he dae Ree eed RSE 64 Paper Load Limit ph ated Vee ge oe law TEER EEEE EEE TEREE hee ee ead 66 Media Types You Cannot Use sci dara ead Kodo aied hiieh baal Nae a ood ek eee 68 PPD MU HUNT RE r ee ov She eS a Se Dh ee ere ye oy Ree See Rial ee 69 PUNO O Betis saa Geant os aoe Gok eee al a oe Oa a Dot oe 70 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes 00 000 ee eee eee
85. Computer 86 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle Note e If the remaining ink level is low the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the rear tray 3 Open the front cover gently then pull out the paper output tray 4 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes white twice then release it immediately The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern 87 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if necessary 1 Check if there are missing lines in the pattern A or horizontal white streaks in the pattern B C C Number of sheets printed so far If there are missing lines in the pattern A Cleaning the print head is required D E D Good E Bad lines are missing If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern B Cleaning the print head is required F G F Good G Bad horizontal white streaks are present Note The total number of sheets pr
86. Control Panel Hardware and Sound then Device Manager In Windows XP click Control Panel Performance and Maintenance System then click Device Manager on the Hardware sheet 2 Double click Universal Serial Bus controllers then USB Printing Support If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed make sure that the printer is correctly connected to the computer We Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly 3 Click the General tab and make sure that there is no indication of a problem with the device If a device error is displayed refer to Windows help to resolve the error Other Error Messages If an error message is displayed outside the printer status monitor check the following Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory Quit other running application softwares to increase available memory If you cannot print yet restart your computer and retry printing e Printer driver could not be found Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver then reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or reinstall it from our website e Could not print Application name File name Try printing again once the current job is complete The Inkjet Printer Scan
87. Details screen or WPA2 Details screen Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings 5 Configuration The detailed settings screen is displayed The WEP the WPA or the WPA2 key selected in Encryption Method can be confirmed and changed For details on WEP setting Changing the WEP Detailed Settings For details on WPA or WPA2 setting Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings 6 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point Use next IP address If no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address select this option to use a fixed IP address 151 Search Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The access points detected are listed The following access ports were detected Select the access point to connect to and click Set 1 Detected Access Points The signal strength from the access point encryption type name of access point and the radio channel can be confirmed 33 Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data su
88. Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word Microsoft Corporation o When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver use Word to specify them When Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of the printer driver the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word When Page Size in Word is set to XXX Enlarge Reduce the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word If this happens follow the procedure below 1 Open Word s Print dialog box 291 2 Open the printer driver setup window and on the Page Setup tab set Page Size to the same paper size that you specified in Word Set the Page Layout that you want and then click OK to close the window Without starting printing close the Print dialog box Open Word s Print dialog box again Open the printer driver setup window and click OK Start printing NO BW e If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator Adobe Systems Incorporated printing may take time or some data may not be printed Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog box 292 Printer Driver Description eeeeuy Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description Canon lJ Preview Descrip
89. K 182 7 Make sure that the card slot is mounted When the card slot is mounted the following icon appears on Computer or My Computer gt canon_memory 7 o Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network The card slot can be shared by multiple computers if the machine is connected to a network Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time However while one computer is writing a file into a memory card other computers cannot access the same file If your computer joins a domain the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files a large amount of card access may be generated In this case the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters not including its extension may be shown in uppercase For example a file name such as abcdefg doc will be ABCDEFG DOC while a name such as AbcdeFG doc will appear the same The file is not actually renamed but merely appears to be changed When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a USB connected computer you cannot access the network drive of the card slot On the other hand when you enable it to be writable only from a LAN con
90. L button to dismiss the error 453 2103 Cause The printer cannot detect the paper size Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error then try to print again If this error still occurs even after printing again set the printer not to detect the paper width by using the printer driver or Remote UI D gt Note e Depending on the type of paper the printer may not detect the paper width Additionally if the top cover is opened while printing is in progress the printer may not detect the paper width 454 2500 Cause The cause of following may have occurred the failure of Automatic Print Head Alignment e Print head nozzles are clogged The paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded The paper output slot is exposed to strong light Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error then take the actions described below e Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head Load one sheet of A4 Letter sized plain paper and perform Automatic Print Head Alignment again e Adjust your operating environment and or the position of the printer so that the paper output slot is not exposed directly to strong light After carrying out the above measures if the problem continues after aligning the print head again press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error and then perform Manual Print Head Alignment 455 4100 Cause T
91. LAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type 1 Enable printer socess controsMA0 address MAD Address Comment instructions 1 Printer Access Control Type Select the type of access control with which to limit access of computers or network devices to the printer over a network The setting items may differ depending on the choice of access control methods When Selecting MAC address When Selecting IP address When Selecting MAC address The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their MAC addresses Computers or network devices whose MAC addresses appear on the list are allowed access Wreless LAN Weed LAN Access Control Admin Password Printer Acoess Control Type MAG Address instructions 163 1 Enable printer access control MAC address Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address Note The two types of access control i e by MAC address and by IP address can be enabled at the same time An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type e When both access control types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible MAC Addresses Shows the registered MAC addresses and any comments
92. Lotter 85 11 22280m 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed 228 If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box and then click OK kage Ongsors Oreided rto 2 S Bert Qt Pate in margins WY Port Cut Paste ines in margins Pont page range os Pages Erter page numbers and or page ranges separated by commas For example 1 3 5 12 a Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins To leave out words Cut and Paste uncheck this check box DJ Note e This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used Print Cut Paste lines in margins To leave out cut lines uncheck this check box Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances To reprint only a specific page select Pages and enter the page number you want to print To specify multiple pages enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers Note
93. M or install it from our website When using wireless LAN make sure that access control is not set to the access point 348 For the procedures to connect an access point and set it up refer to the instruction manual of your access point or contact its manufacturer D Note e To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer see Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer 349 Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 350 Printing Speed Is Slow The printer may be printing out a large job issued from another computer When using wireless LAN make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the printer Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor The metal concrete or timber including the metallic material mud wall or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material place the printer and the computer in the same room or
94. PA2 Details Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WPA2 settings The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings The current settings for cient authentication are as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings Authentication Type PSK 1 Authentication Type Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication This machine supports the PSK authentication method 2 Dynamic Encryption Type Displays the dynamic encryption method 3 Change Settings Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 156 Authentication Type Confirmation Screen 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed Check the authentication type and click Next Authertication Type 1 Authentication Type Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed PSK This machine supports the PSK authentication method This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase 157 PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Enter the passphrase and select the dynamic encryption method Erter the passphrase select the dynamic encryption type and t
95. Plate Cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page Roller Cleaning Cleans the paper feed rollers Paper feeding may fail if paper dust has stuck to the printer s paper feed rollers In this case clean the paper feed rollers to improve the print result Power Off Turns off the printer from the printer driver Perform this function to turn off the printer when you cannot press the ON button POWER button on the printer because the printer is out of your reach 319 You must press the ON button POWER button on the printer to turn the printer on again after clicking this button When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver Auto Power Opens the Auto Power Settings dialog box Specify settings for operating the printer power automatically Perform this function if you want to change the auto power settings Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer Quiet Settings Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern such when
96. Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver eeuEBSRS 269 Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance When you change the color balance or intensity contrast of a document the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list together with the adjustment values Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Letter 85 11 22280m l The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Selecting pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click Pattern Print preferences 270 ABCDEF 1234567 Saergle Tyge Sanderd C Yew Color Paten Vi Pert a patem fer color ach trent Patton Prrt preferences 4 Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens set the following items and then click OK Dyer Magerta Yoly keensty Cortrest Letter 85x11 22x28cm Same as Page Sre Large Paramete
97. SK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA PSK o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPA2 Security framework released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES e Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods PSK that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 802 1x that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA2 PSK o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 PSK authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi Fi Protected Setup PIN entry a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration PBC an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software 190 Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems you should set a network key WEP WPA or WPA2 to the access point to encrypt w
98. Setup tab Letter 5 K11 22280m amp Onentation A Pora Rotge 180 degrees Page Layout Nomalsize BH Ba g H Nomalcize Borderless Feto Paze Scaled Page Layout lt gt V Aatonatically seduce large document that the perter carrat otat Duplex Parting Manual Stapling Sde Long eide saping Leh 1 gt 1 39 i EF Port trom Last Page V Colate Pact Options Stamp Background OK Cancel poy 3 Set Orientation Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation Note If Normal size is selected for Page Layout then Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output is displayed Normally you can leave the check box checked During printing if you do not want to reduce large documents that cannot be printed on the printer uncheck the check box 213 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the number of copies to be printed For Copies on the Page Setup tab specify the number of copies to be printed Quick Sep Msn Page Sep Mairten
99. Sp Martenance BAN Page Sze Letter 3 5x11 22280m I amp Onertation A Porras A C Rotate 180 degrees a Same as Page Size Page Layout Borderless B 2 3 Photo Paper Pius Glossy if i ISONA Noma size Fato Page Scaled Page Layout lt gt ieont Exerson LA F3 Click OK when the confirmation message appears When a message prompting you to change the media type appears select a media type from the list and click OK 3 Check the paper size 218 Check the Page Size list When you want to change it select another page size from the list The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing 4 Adjust the amount of extension from the paper If necessary adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases ri Q al Important When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position the back side of the paper may become smudged 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the data is printed without any margins on the paper Important When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected the size is automatically changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing When Borderless is selected
100. To select a different color click Select Color to open the Color dialog box and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp When Stamp Type is Bitmap File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp 314 Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp Size Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp Moving the slider to the right increases the size moving the slider to the left decreases the size Transparent white area Specifies whether to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Check this check box to make white filled areas of the bitmap transparent Note e Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text Stamp Text to blank TrueType Font to Arial Style to Regular Size to 36 points Outline unchecked and Color to gray with the RGB values 192 192 192 Placement Tab The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Position Specifies the stamp position on the page Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X Position and Y Position coordinates directly Orientation Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise Note e Orientation is enabled only when Text or D
101. Tyge Randerd Cl Mew Color Paten Pryt a pation for color adhatrrert DJ Note e You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab Then when you execute printing the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function Important When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab the following items are grayed out and cannot be set e Preview before printing on the Main tab Stapling Side and Specify Margin on the Page Setup tab When Duplex Printing Manual is set only Stapling Side can be set e You can print a pattern only if the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is Normal size or Borderless e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e Depending on your application software this function may not be available Related Topics Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 273 Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brig
102. We a eeacal dh hk de eh 235 Registering 4 Staiifi s i idx oa ese de eee ewd E ee bee Saw ek ee ea ec aS 238 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background 22020e0 eres 241 setting Up Envelope Printingis cic sceves aviw sede laws vu cdr iir eben ee ee ERS Res 244 Printing on POStCaits 52 414s ease ads Seances ede ead a9 Base Rp Rd RAS Rate BARS 246 Displaying the Print Results before Printing Jenisi were fade eines aaea o 248 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size 06 00055 cb eee cee eee ee eee enees 249 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History Mamet EEE Ao Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data 0 0 00 cee eee 254 setting the Print Quality Level Custom 223 2400 0sec c eeeuseeeeg eee a dew earners 255 Printing a Color Document in MORGCHIOME c2s 25064280444 00e0s ered eeuenweaes es 257 Specifying Color Correction ee ee eg EEATT PETT ETET Meanie sua oe Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data si2d45 0e244965 48 oes Pea SEVRSD 2R4e0 aes 261 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver ar heeded E E OE Printing with ICOC PONES ss de4 ce c dan eaka aea RARE a a a EO ERR 264 Interpreting the ICC Profile NETA TATE PTER cer PEE EEEE E e 267 Adjusting Color Balance saucte oo04 o8heS eos s a tr aera a aa hae 268 Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver igaes iineaesee AIO Adjusting BriQhNGSS oc
103. Wideeeuacan 200 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer 0 0 0 00 ee eee eas 201 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images 202 PG aeons ek ee hee tees Feo o ey ede Seek ee oe seas Loree 203 PTOI ibn ae eos ee ade ee eS ee eee Se Oa eO Pining toma OME cr cewek ease re tees EESO RR Bees E eee s owes ot 207 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 00005 208 Printing with Easy Setup ee Te ee ee rr Re ere eee RETTUR eae eakas A9 Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver nanana anana aeaaea 211 Venous Printing Methods iseer s rsi esriasre tke E EEEE ER 212 Setling a Page Size and Onegin se socio aad ada aa a a E 213 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order 2020 200 e eee eee 214 Sewing the Stapling MAGN c uccs ts cod auth bbe e hoo eae ated bee eeh dod ate 216 Execute Borderless PriN Ng s isre ae dreisti A Stake HW SE eck ern Secs Siok BBS 218 Fitio Page Printing aves s5c00 reed as Chee Dates ahh ee hee akon che eane danas 221 Scaled Printing ore EET EE TET er ee TEET eer ta siasi eee Pago La EFU aa aaee Eer Aara r RA 226 Tiling Poster Printing Ser eee ee Panwa Seer TPE RESE eer TP ae 228 BOOKE PUMI eeraa na aa A AEEA A 231 Duplex Printing lt icoexed a ETTE TEETE AELTIE TETERE is WER GEES S Be EE 233 Stamp Background Prining osses dead he dh aaah warded hd dca Gaal
104. Windows 8 Windows 8 1 Windows 7 Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP1 Windows Vista SP2 Windows XP SP3 32 bit only Browser Internet Explorer 8 or later Hard Disk Space 3 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Mac OS Operating System Mac OS X v10 6 8 or later Hard Disk Space 1 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice 204 Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS Android and Windows RT Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint Google Cloud Print e An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual Windows Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP pre installed Windows A CD ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation Windows Internet Explorer 8 9 or 10 is required to install Easy WebPrint EX e e Easy WebPrint EX for Internet Explorer 9 or 10 can be downloaded from the Canon web site e Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 must be installed to use the Windows software Windows XPS Essentials Pack is requi
105. a and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally 306 Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal sized printing You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit to Page Scaled Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet for Page Layout If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the document size will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger than the Page Size the document size will be enlarged Page Layout Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing Normal size This is the normal printing method Select this when you do not specify any page layout Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document the printer can automatically reduce the size when it prints the document Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document Borderless Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page margins In borderless printing originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper Thus printing can be performed without any margins border Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing Amount of Extension Adjus
106. a ha oe 6S apd 4 ae en gee Ban gree 4 6 Gh Ue OO Oe a 485 Je ee er ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 486 o eee Ce eT eee ee ee ete re ee eee eS ee ee ee eee 487 Cote ib Gadneees Ghat eaeteaetengacteshesaseres seek earnest A E E E EE 488 OAS a ee ee ee ee re e ee ee ee 489 oe ee ee ee ee eer ee ee eT ee ey ee ee ee E Tee eee ee 490 OAs iececmnaeteteaqaseiereasisst a e a ee eetiosoost eee eens age eens 491 OAO i re ee ee eee re eee eee ee 492 a ae eee eee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee ee eee ee 493 Bau pceasescneebtenes cedeewisseeeeeatuees ses a a R a D E A 494 Read Me First Notes on Online Manual Usage How to Print Notes on Online Manual Usage e Reproduction diversion or copying of any text photo or image published in the Online Manual hereinafter referred to as this guide in whole or in part is prohibited e In principle Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers In addition Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this guide or suspension stoppage of disclosure of this guide Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information e In principle the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial
107. a setting was specified on the application software it has priority Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to their default values factory settings 297 Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save Up to 255 characters can be entered The name appears with its associated icon in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Options Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Changes the details of printing profile to be saved Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles Icon Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save The selected icon appears with its name in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab Save the paper size setting Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the paper size is not saved and consequently th
108. acing e eee eee eae 402 Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed weer TEPE Veer ery TEET TPIT LET iteration SOS Problems with Installation Downloading 00000 e eee eee 404 Cannot Install the Printer Driver sae a iia ENEE T E EA rer ccnenains 409 Easy WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear 407 How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment 000 0000 cece eee nee ee nee 408 Uninstalling IJ Network TOO sc cossi 4c eae he ede ee REESE iriri kruie ee eee eee eS 409 About Errors Messages Displayed 2 222 000000cescscs eee eee bee eee ees 410 Wan EmorOccurs lt 1ceseshfeeeebiwe epee awee cen ike te piacen ue epi ye aude se E EEEE 411 A Message ls Displayed iu 6s 2a hws hdtrecen kikinis ids F eee oa ee hae 414 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 0000 cece eee eee eee ees 419 Suppor Code VISE r cece eee eee eke ew KE drew EEE 420 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 0 0000 c cece eee eee eee 421 13002 oo Dears a ATU Mia PART 54 ado SWANS SD ORS DAPHNE 55 18 ES Shed S 5a eae ees 422 Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer TIPPE bheisd TEELE ETE ET EE TEPPE See eee ee 424 Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer 0 00000 c eee eee eee 428 In Other Cases oh aed STEET EE T PETET EEE ERETT ee ET eee o 429 TODO ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee oe eee ee ee ee ee ns ee ee a eee 431 o suc bn
109. ad Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray D2 Note The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment 4 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message Important e Do not open the top cover while printing is in progress Note e Wait until printing ends before performing other operations Printing takes about 2 to 3 minutes to complete To print and check the current setting open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and click Print Alignment Value 96 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab
110. age est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonc es pour un environnement non contr l et respecte les r gles d exposition aux fr quences radio lectriques RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps a l exception des extr mit s mains poignets pieds et chevilles Users in Jordan This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC LPD 2013 130 Name of WLAN Module K30357 European Union and EEA only pd This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC and your national law This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city offi
111. ages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center Specify Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on booklet printing Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper Check this check box to print the document on both sides This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal size Fit to Page Scaled or Page Layout is selected Stapling Side Selects the stapling margin position The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best stapling margin position Check Stapling Side and select from the list to change it Specify Margin Opens the Specify Margin dialog box You can specify the width of the margin Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 Important e If the application used to create your document has a similar function specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here Print from Last Page Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order If you do this you do not need to sort the pages into their correct order after printing Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order starting from the first page Collate Check this check b
112. al 365 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Screen You are connecting the printer to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer which has already been set up i A password has been set to this parter Enter the admin password and then cick OK Admin Password Enter the administrator password you have set Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Search Screen This screen is displayed automatically if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point For information on the encryption settings see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet You are connecting the printer to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed Security is not configured on the access point The printer can still be used so continue the setup procedure to complete it Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your perso
113. an communicate with each other After that set up the printer to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool e When using WEP The key length key format the key to use one of 1 to 4 and the authentication method must match among the access point the printer and the computer In order to communicate with an access point that uses automatically generated WEP keys you must configure the printer to use the key generated by the access point by entering it in hexadecimal format Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Search screen follow the on screen instructions and set the key length the key format the key number and the authentication to enter a WEP key For details see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings When using WPA or WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must match on the access point the printer and the computer Enter the passphrase configured on the access point a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 character hexadecimal number Select either TKIP Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption for the dynamic encryption method For details see Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings DJ Note e This printer supports WPA PSK WPA Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Person
114. ance EN Page Sze Letter 8 5711 22280m 11 4 Onertation A Pora A OLngetpe Rotate 180 degrees aA Same as Page Sre Page Lyout Nomssire BH E 8 H Plan Paper Leter 85 11 22280m Nomasize Borde ess FttoPoze Scaled Page Layout lt gt l V Atonmaticaly reduce large documert that the perter carrot ouput D Ouples Parting Manus Staping Sde Long ede stapling Leh 3 Specify the print order Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same page number together Print from Last Page i Collate 7 Print from Last Page i Collate 5 214 4 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order Important When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multi
115. and then click OK Parameters to Adua Cran Magarta Yolow frenestr Cortror Porter Paper Sre Letter 8 5 11 22x28cm Same as Page Sre murt of Paten instances Urge Color Variation Between instances Medum ok cc Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity Contrast Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing 3 Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed 3J Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns 3J Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print 281 On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity contrast that you set is the center value E E E a 8 A x E E E E ancon d s bi 1 i N bec E ocio au m f i j ii 6 Adjusting the intensity contrast Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the intensity contrast numbers indicated
116. ange printer settings When the printer s network settings are factory default the admin password does not have to been entered e AES An encryption method It is optional for WPA Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U S government organizations for information processing Authentication Method The method that an access point uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN The methods are agreeable each other 185 When using WEP as an encryption method the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key For WPA WPA2 authentication method is PSK Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point Open System In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use WEP is selected Shared Key In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption B e Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically C e Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication In the infrastructure mode the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point This machine supports channels 1 to 13 Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country D Default Gateway A relay device to
117. anon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the printer and computer to the LAN side same network segment If the problem is not resolved perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website For placement Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the printer Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wired LAN Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the LAN cable is connected properly Make sure that the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable If the LAN cable is loose connect the cable properly If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router connect the cable to the LAN side of the router If the problem is not resolved perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Cannot Print from a Computer Connected to the Network Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to set up the computer refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its manufacturer If the printer driver is not installed install it Install the printer driver with the Setup CD RO
118. any unusual sound smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the printer yourself e Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the printer will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether the warranty has expired Before contacting the service center confirm the following e Product name Your printer s name is located on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number please refer to the setup manual e Details of the problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what happened 419 Support Code List The support code appears on the computer screen when an error occurs Support Code means the error number and appears with an error message When an error occurs check the support code displayed on the computer screen and take the appropriate action Support Code Appears on the Computer Screen e 1000 to 1ZZZ 1000 1200 1250 1300 1401 1403 1405 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1600 1660 1680 1681 1683 1684 1688 1700 1701 e 2000 to 2ZZZ 2100 2101 2102 2103 2500 4000 to 4ZZZ 4100 4103 5000 to 5ZZZ 5100 5101 5200 5400 5700 5B00 5B01 5C00 5C20 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000 6001 6500 6502 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6920 6921 6930 6931 6932 6933 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6A80 6A81 6A90 A000 to ZZZZ B200 C000 Ab
119. arty TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Click OK After changing configuration a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click Yes the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 132 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings D gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WEP in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WEP Details screen is displayed 6 Change the settings or confirm When chang
120. ashing and remains lit and then open the top cover again Is the Alarm lamp flashing Close the top cover confirm the number of times the Alarm lamp is flashing take the appropriate action to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on how to resolve the error see If an Error Occurs Has the top cover been left open for 10 minutes or longer If the top cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the print head holder moves to the position to protect it to prevent the print head from drying out Close and reopen the top cover to return the print head holder to the position for replacing Has the printer been printing continuously for a long period Close the top cover wait a while then reopen it If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time the print head holder may not move to the position for replacing since the print head may overheat Note e Opening the top cover while printing moves the print head holder to the position to protect it Close the top cover and reopen it after printing finishes 402 Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed Is the printer status monitor enabled Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor 1 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On the Maintenance sheet click View Printer Status 3 Select Enable Status Monitor on the Option menu if it is
121. ast document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected sL Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected X 9 Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected k Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted Document list Displays the list of the print documents The document selected in the document list becomes the target for preview display and editing Document Name Displays the name of the print document If you click the name of the selected print document a text box is displayed and you can rename the document to any name 333 Pages Displays the number of pages in the print document J Important The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different e To check the output page count check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window Status Displays the status of the print documents Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data Important e Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited Wait until the data processing ends Print Settings Area Screen Allows you to check and change the print settings of the documents selected i
122. ata as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu Toggles the show hide status of the following information View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window This command has the same function as the Gea View Thumbnails on the toolbar View Document List Displays the print document list at the top of the preview window View Print Settings Area Displays the print settings area at the right side of the preview window View Deleted Pages When the thumbnails are displayed this function displays pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To check deleted pages you must first select the View Thumbnails check box Keep printed documents on the list Leaves the printed document in the document list Print Settings Displayed at Startup Switches the tab of the print settings area to be displayed when the Canon IJ XPS Preview is started Select Page Information Layout or Manual Color Adjustment Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information E Print Prints the
123. ate Time User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab Note e Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0 Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp Title Enter the title to save the stamp you created Up to 64 characters can be entered Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 315 Stamps Shows a list of saved stamp titles Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title Save Save overwrite Saves the stamp Enter a title in Title and then click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary stamp Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list and click this button Background Tab The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file omp to be used as a background or determine how to print the selected background Preview Window Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab File Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background Select File Opens the dialog box to open a file Click this button to select a bitmap file bmp to be used as the background Layout Method Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position Intensity Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background Moving the s
124. ation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations WBasic Instructions explaining basic operations of your product D gt Note e Icons may vary depending on your product Touch enabled Device Users For touch actions you need to replace right click in this document with the action set on the operating system For example if the action is set to press and hold on your operating system replace right click with press and hold Trademarks and Licenses Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Mac Mac OS AirPort Safari Bonjour iPad iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U S and other countries and is used under license Google Cloud Print Goog
125. attern Number Compare the printed adjustment patterns and enter the pattern number of the pattern with the least visible streaks or horizontal stripes into the corresponding box Note e If you do not know how to analyze the printed pattern see Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 321 Initial Check Items Check that the printer power is on and open the cover of the printer Check the following items for each ink Then if necessary perform Nozzle Check or Cleaning e Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank e Make sure that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions Auto Power Settings dialog box When you click Auto Power the Auto Power Settings dialog box is displayed This dialog box allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver Auto Power On Selects the auto power on setting Specify Disable to prevent the printer from turning on automatically when print data is sent to it Make sure the printer is on and then click OK to change the printer settings Specify Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it Auto Power Off Selects the auto power off setting If a printer driver operation or a printer operation is not performed within the specifie
126. ay the menu options 32 Canon Qlobal Canon os Phe Mae Contei pn eet ee p ne Canon History with the deram to create db gt Proact a Settlers Consumer Ogis mepet etr wbes pal erprtdt he meys sed tees P Danat gD ie bah ite Opt Dage Len Martane Conese Com mores 3 From the menu options tap Print lt et Add to Roading List 4 From Printer Options select the model that you are using gt Important Because some app does not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an app does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that app Note e The printer options differ depending on the app and model you are using Normally when you tap Print and select a model name the displayed printer options will include up to the following four options e Printer Select a model that can be used in your wireless LAN 33 e Copies Select the number of print copies e Duplex Printing If the model supports duplex printing you can select On or Off e Range The page range can be used only with specific app and file types such as PDF files 5 For 1 Copy click or to set the number of required copies 6 For Duplex Printing click On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the function 7 When printing a file type that has multiple pages such as a PDF file click Range and then click All Pages or select the range of pages to
127. b you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing select this item To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing clear this item D Important e Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list Otherwise characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt 116 Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab a message is displayed To use paper width detection when printing from the computer select the check box D Important e If you are using user defined paper use the Custom Paper Size to correctly set the size of the paper loaded in the printer If an error message is displayed even though the same size that was set is loaded clear the check box Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printi
128. be displayed To complete the installation properly restart the computer Important e You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the printer driver However when installing the XPS printer driver first complete installation of the printer driver e You can download the printer driver and XPS printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver Before Installing the Printer Driver 343 Troubleshooting The Printer Cannot Be Powered On Printing Does Not Start Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected Paper Jams gt If an Error Occurs Search Each Function Problems with Network Communication Problems with Printing Problems with Printing Quality Problems with the Printer Problems with Installation Downloading About Errors Messages Displayed gt If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 344 Problems with Network Communication Problems with the Printer While Using with Network Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network gt Other Problems with Network 345 Problems with the Printer While Using with Network The Printer Stopped Working Sudden
129. be available depending on the country or region you live in 23 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print To print with Google Cloud Print you need to get Google account and register the machine with Google Cloud Print in advance Getting Google Account If you already have Google account register the machine Registering the Machine with Google Cloud Print Getting Google Account First get your Google account in order to register the machine with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device then register the required information Google Cloud Print Beta Access and share your printers online with Google Cloud Pri The screen above may change without prior notice Registering the Machine with Google Cloud Print Register the machine with Google Cloud Print The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in the process of registering Because the authentication URL is printed from machine when the authentication process is performed prepare A4 or Letter sized plain paper Important LAN connection with the machine and Internet connection are required to register the machine and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply If the machine s owner changes delete the machine from Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on
130. be reduced at the top and bottom edges of the paper Printing Area Load the paper after correcting its curl When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface e For Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side Leaving the paper loaded on the rear tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl In this case load the paper with the other side facing up It may resolve the problem For Other Paper If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0 1 inch 3 mm A in height the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly In such cases follow the procedure described below to correct the paper curl 389 A 1 Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below pg ha 2 Check that the paper is now flat We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note e Depending on the media type the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled inward In such cases follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0 1 inch 3 mm B in height before printing This may improve the print result C C Printing side We r
131. bes the procedure for postcard printing 1 Load postcard on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select commonly used settings Display the Quick Setup tab and for Commonly Used Settings select Standard 4 Select the media type For Media Type select Hagaki A Ink Jet Hagaki Hagaki K or Hagaki J Important This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached e When printing on each side of a postcard separately you will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side 5 Select the paper size For Printer Paper Size select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm D Important e Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer e When printing a return postcard always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your application software or the printer driver Do not fold the return postcard If a crease is formed the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam e With return postcards borderless printing cannot be used 6 Set the print orientation To print the address horizontally set Orientation to Landscape 7 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High or Standard whichever best suits the purpose 8 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute printing the data will be printed onto the postcard Important e When you execute post
132. c id4c0ccncne reese i skit sii deed DR BaD EAEN Ree 274 PSS UME MTN oid a8 dca aid aah a ane Gk petals a O a anh SA a al a ge a deat ace Hae 276 Adjusting COMMS 2 4c s bee tok ee ee eee Ee OEE HEREC Re oee eee ee eee eS 278 Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 280 Overview of the Printer Driver oc ce00 seen seven an fi ae E EEEE 284 Canon IJ Printer Driver Veer ee TENA TEET TEET ETET esas errr 285 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window eee ee ee ee ee eee 286 Canon ld Statws Monton segen teen Sail deeded h De ad Seng heed 287 Checking the Ink Status trom Your Computer n a dane ed ee bee edd veh ae dew a cad 288 aren PIG e 2 206 dain sf T auraldh Goma aie E E ate 64 wee o lea eae 289 Deleting the Undesired Print JOD isc oes eee eo Re be eee Pd OO De EH ob EHH 290 Instructions for Use Printer Driver tc ce eiiald 4 bd oe a ee ae Ga 291 Printer Diver DESCnOnONcs essa tami aoe Gea eS APR RR he Eek eee RR 293 Quick Setup tab Descipi edsin eater ena dialed b Ba Ralle dulbein aa aa a 294 Main tab DeSserpuony lt o2 404 o45a Gees SEES We UES ESOT ES eE Hae eee EES 300 Page Setup tab DescnpuOn 45 54 adadi aiia beeuds beeu twa hts dad doesd dada da 306 Maintenance tab Description i 6 c44 04cetcdeeds adminna i edordaee savant dewnanws 318 Canon ly Preview Descriptors cic knee deat oe hase ate awe a eae Raion wales 325 Canon XPS Preview DeScnpion c oie iceee nige
133. card printing a guide message is displayed When the guide message is displayed select Do not show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed To display guide messages again open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the 246 Canon lJ Status Monitor On the Option menu choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting When printing on media other than postcards load the media according to usage method of that media and click Start Printing 247 Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Preview with Canon IJ XPS Preview when reading this information You can display and check the print result before printing The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Pian Paper Letter 8 5 11 22280m l 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results gt Important In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box the Color Adjustment tab contains the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box When this check box is selected the Preview before printing appears grayed out and is unavai
134. cations e In Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista log on as a user who has the administrator account In Windows XP log on as the computer administrator Important e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 342 Installing the Printer Driver You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver and XPS printer driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows 1 Turn off the printer 2 Start the installer Double click the icon of the downloaded file The installation program starts J Important In Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 3 Install the printer driver Take the appropriate action as described on the screen 4 Complete the installation Click Complete Depending on the environment you are using a message prompting you to restart the computer may
135. ce waste authority approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit www canon europe com environment EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein 41 India only pd This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the e waste Management and Handling Rules 2011 This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit http www canon co in environment Also this product complies with the India E waste Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead mercury hexavalent chromium polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0 1 by weight and 0 01 by weight for Cadmium except for the exemptions set in Schedule Il of the Rule Environmental Information Reducing your environmental impact while saving money Power Consumption and Activation Time The amount o
136. ch as your personal information to a third party DJ Note e Signal strength is displayed as follows Til Good Ti Fair T Poor e Type of encryption is displayed as follows Blank No encryption WEP WEP is set WPA WPA is set WPA2 WPA2 is set 2 Update Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected If the target access point is set to the stealth mode click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the access point s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Wireless LAN Sheet 152 Note e When detecting your target access point make sure that the access point is turned on 3 Set Click to set the access point s SSID in SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Note The WEP Details screen the WPA Details screen or the WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point e Access points that cannot be used by this machine including those configured to use different encryption methods are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured 153 WEP Details Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Specify the printer WEP settings WEP Key 1 v Kay Length Key Format 3 Key D 4 5 Atherticaton Ato inetyuctions D Note When changing the password WEP key of the printer the same
137. cleaning Part Head Aignemert on Executes pert head sligrrnert to cored 1 Pe misaigimert of coios and ines Nozzle Check Ato Power Prrts a pattem to check whether the part Abows you to set the ato power setings SS head norsles are clogged Cust Senra Abows you to reduce the parter s operating noise Custom Semings Alows you to select operadan optens Xv Cleaning Performs print head cleaning Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print even though all ink levels are sufficiently high Ls Deep Cleaning Performs deep cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem Note e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Therefore perform cleaning only when necessary Ink Group When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning the Ink Group window is displayed Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you execute cleaning or deep cleaning Print Head Alignment Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines 318 Align the print head immediately after installing the print head When you click Print Head
138. connect to another network such as a router or a computer DHCP server functionality The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up e DNS server A server that converts device names into IP addresses When specifying IP addresses manually specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server F Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network To prevent you can use the firewall function of a broadband router the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer 186 IEEE 802 11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps e IEEE 802 119 International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps Compatible with 802 11b e IEEE 802 11n International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Compatible with 802 11b and 802 11g e Infrastruc
139. ct Reset Documents from Documents If the documents to be combined have different print settings a message may be displayed Check the contents of the displayed message before combining the documents If the documents to be combined have different output paper sizes and duplex printing or page layout printing is to be performed the printer may not produce the expected print results for certain print pages Check the preview before printing Depending on the print settings of the print document some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview DJ Note e You can rename Document Name to any name 5 Executing print Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the specified settings to print the data Reprinting from the Print History When you click Save Print History on the File menu to enable the setting the document printed from the preview is saved and you can reprint the document with the same settings 1 Displaying the print history Open the printer driver setup window Then on the Maintenance tab select View Print History The saved print document is displayed in the preview Important e To limit the number of print history registrations click History Entry Limit on the File menu e If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one 2 Selecting a print document From the Document Name list select the docume
140. cted to the computer and tum on the printer h F ji Help STEP 3 Setup Pinter Connection Punt Head Alignment Recommendec Completion STEP 4 Information The printer is not detected Check the connechon Cancel 405 J Note The printer is not detected Check the connection may be displayed depending on the computer you use Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer GVA Follow the procedure below to connect the printer and the computer again 1 Turn the printer off 2 Unplug the USB cable from the printer and the computer then connect it again 3 Turn the printer on If you cannot resolve the problem follow the procedure below to reinstall the printer driver 1 Click Cancel 2 Click Start Over on the Installation Failure screen 3 Click Exit on the PIXMA XXX screen where XXX is your printer s name then remove the CD ROM Turn the printer off 4 5 Restart the computer 6 Make sure that you have no application software running 7 Insert the CD ROM again then install the printer driver In other cases Reinstall the printer driver If the driver was not installed correctly uninstall the printer driver restart your computer then reinstall the driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver If you reinstall the printer driver install the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website
141. d enable this setting Display Warning Automatically When a Low Ink Warning Occurs Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs Start when Windows is Started Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor automatically when you start Windows Ink Details Menu Select this menu to display the Ink Details dialog box Check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your printer Ink Details dialog box This function displays graphics and messages showing the ink tank type and the estimated ink levels 337 Ink Information displayed at left Shows the ink tank types with graphics If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know If the icon is displayed operate the printer according to the instructions displayed on the screen Message displayed at right Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences Ink Model Number Shows the ink tank types for your printer Close Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information 338 Updating the Printer Driver Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver Before In
142. d time the printer turns off Quiet Settings dialog box When you click Quiet Settings the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function Important e You can set the quiet mode from the printer or the printer driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the printer or printing from the computer e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations direct print etc performed directly from the printer 322 Custom Settings dialog box When you click Custom Settings the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation Preven
143. documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes 332 Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected h Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored Fed View Thumbnails Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window To hide the print pages click View Thumbnails again ii il Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected t Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 5 Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the l
144. duces images by focusing on colors that most people find desirable Select this method to print photos Relative Colorimetric When image data is converted to the color space of the printer this method converts the image data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions Select this method to print image data with colors that are close to the original colors Absolute Colorimetric When Relative Colorimetric is selected white spots are reproduced as white spots of the paper background color However when Absolute Colorimetric is selected how the white spots are reproduced depends on the image data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Displaying the Print Results before Printing 305 Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper Also this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing If the application which created the document has a similar function set them with the application
145. e and Outline You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color Important e Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable when Date Time User Name is selected Placement tab Select the stamp position from the Position list You can also select Custom from the Position list and specify coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window To change the stamp position angle type a value in the Orientation box directly Important e Orientation cannot be changed when Bitmap is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab 5 Save the stamp Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 239 6 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings 1 Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box Then from the list select the title of the stamp to be changed 2 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 3 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window 4 Overwrite save the stamp Click Save overwrite on the Sav
146. e Displays the entire page of data as one page 50 Reduces the displayed data to 50 of the actual size to be printed 100 Displays the data at the actual size to be printed 200 Enlarges the displayed data to 200 of the actual size to be printed 400 Enlarges the displayed data to 400 of the actual size to be printed Option Menu This menu includes the following command Displays Print Page Information Displays print setup information including printer paper size media type and page layout for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Help Menu When you select this menu item the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed and you can check the version and copyright information 326 Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen You can click this button while spooling Print Page Information Screen Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings Important If the media type and paper source are set from the application softwa
147. e Document Deletes the selected document from the document list If the document list contains only one document the document is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Delete Document on the toolbar Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings This command has the same functionality as the Grayscale Printing check box in the print settings area Page Layout Printing Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Page Layout Printing Pages Page Order and Page Border Duplex Printing Opens the Duplex Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Duplex Printing Manual Stapling Side and Margin Copies Opens the Copies dialog box This dialog box allows you to set Copies Collate and Print from Last Page Pages Selects the method for editing print pages Delete Page Deletes the currently selected page If page layout printing is set the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted This command has the same function as the Delete Page on the toolbar Restore Page Restores pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function To restore pages you must select the View Deleted Pages check box on the Option menu and display the deleted pages as thumbnails Move Page Use the following command to change the order of the currently selected pages Move to First Moves the currently selected page to the beginni
148. e You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be divided into several pages during printing Printing Only Specific Pages If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing you can reprint only the specific pages by following the procedure below 1 Set the print range In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab click the pages that do not need to be printed The pages that were clicked are deleted and only the pages to be printed are displayed 229 Page Sete Martenance Letter 8 5 K11 22280m EEN Pope Sie Cnertation A Porat A O langecape Ci Retme 190 degrees GPP Prea Pacer Size Letter 85 11 22220m Page Layout Tiing Poster D S a A Bordeiess Fat Page Scaled Page Layout lt Pian Paper Letter 85 11 22280m E Duplex Prrting Manual Long de saping Leh y Specty Magn Soe a 1O 093 g F Port iom Last Page Y Colate Coed toy te 3 Note e Click the deleted pages to display them again e Right click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages 2 Complete the setup After completing the page selection click OK When you execute print only specified pages will be printed gt Important e Since tiling poster printing enlarges the document when printing it the print results may become coarse
149. e data effectively select ICM ICC Profile Matching When you want to use an application software to specify a printing ICC profile select None The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows You can also set color correction on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Plan Paper Leter 85x11 22280m 4 The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab select Color Correction setting that matches your purpose from the following and click OK 259 Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile or rendering intent to be used None The printer driver does not perform color correction Select this value when you are specifying an individually created printing ICC profile or a printing ICC profile for special Canon paper in an application software to print data 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important e When
150. e inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer Check the folded parts of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again gt Note e When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again be sure to use a new piece of paper If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again the protrusions inside the printer may be stained Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like 33 Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer 105 106 Changing the Printer Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Initializing the Printer Settings 107 Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 108 Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off The procedure for changing the print options is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Options on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page Sp Martenance Pian Paper Leter 8 511 22280m EEN Pope Sze Letter 8 5x11 22280m amp Orientat
151. e interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct Make sure that the computer can communicate with the printer and the access point over the wireless LAN Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the printer and computer to the LAN side same network segment If the problem is not resolved perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website 362 The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN Make sure that the printer is turned on Is the wired LAN setting of the printer activated To check whether the wired LAN is activated print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information If the wired LAN is inactive press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 11 times The wired LAN is activated Make sure that the
152. e paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software Save the orientation setting Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the print orientation is not saved and consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with the application software Save the copies setting Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected check this check box If this check box is unchecked the copies setting is not saved and consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the application software Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the size width and height of the custom paper Units Select the unit for entering a user defined paper size 298 Paper Size Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units Related Topics Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Se
153. e preview image to one similar to the results to be printed with Sample Type D gt Note The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked Sample Type Selects a preview image displayed on the Color Adjustment tab If necessary select a preview image from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics whichever is most similar to the print results View Color Pattern Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern check this check box Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print You cannot change the levels of pure white and black However the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed Intensit
154. e print data e While printing with Google Cloud Print the printing may be canceled depending on the machine s status such as when the machine is being operated or an error has occurred To resume printing check the machine s status then print with Google Cloud Print again e For print settings e If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 Letter B5 A5 size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer For information about 27 the supported paper sizes go to the Online Manual home page and refer to the Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing for your model e If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5 A5 size as paper size the print data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting e The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data e Depending on the device sending the print data you may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately When the machine cannot receive the print data or you want to start printing immediately you can check whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually Follow the steps below Important e Depending on your pri
155. e printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 472 6900 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 473 6901 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 474 6902 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 475 6910 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 476 6911 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 477 6920 Cause Printer error has occurred
156. e prints with no margins When performing Borderless Printing slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is enlarged to fill the whole page For Borderless Printing use the following paper Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality and or result in printouts with altered color hues Borderless Printing on plain paper may result in printouts with reduced quality Use them only for test printing Borderless Printing is not available for legal A5 B5 or B4 sized paper or envelopes Depending on the type of paper Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged 70 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes O e O e S i ae an a D 777 je ane ETE E F E Recommended printing area A 1 59 inches 40 4 mm B 1 47 inches 37 4 mm EA Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 13 inch 3 4 mm F 0 13 inch 3 4 mm a wa 71 Letter Legal Printable Area width x height 8 00 x 10 69 inches 203 2 x 2
157. e settings tab When you want to save the stamp with a different title type a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Deleting an Unnecessary Stamp 1 Click Define Stamp in the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the stamp to be deleted Select the title of the stamp you want to delete from the Stamps list on the Save settings tab Then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens again 240 Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can select a bitmap file omp and register it as a new background You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background An unnecessary background can be deleted The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows Registering New Background 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab Letter 85 11 22280m A Langecope Same as Page Sze Page Layout Noenalcire 5 Ba g Plain Paper Nommaleize Borderless Feto Page Scaled Leter 8 511 22280m
158. ecessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box and click OK 226 Pages To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper select the number of pages from the list Page Order To change the page arrangement order select a placement method from the list Page Border To print a page border around each document page check this check box Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order 227 Tiling Poster Printing The tiling poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data divide it into several pages and print these pages on separate sheets of paper You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster OBN P E The procedure for performing tiling poster printing is as follows Setting Tiling Poster Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set tiling poster printing Select Tiling Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Setup Man Page Sep Mairtenance EN Page Sze Letier 8 5 x11 22280m Onertation A Pora AJ J Rotate 180 degrees GPR Porter Poper Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Tiing Poster J Bordetess Feto Page Pian Paper
159. ecommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the loaded paper If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the loaded paper set the printer to prevent paper abrasion on the computer Print speed may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper abrasion setting Readjust the setting not to prevent paper abrasion once printing is complete If not this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs Open the printer driver setup window and in Custom Settings in the Maintenance sheet select the Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click OK To open the printer driver setup window see How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again 1 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 On the Main sheet select Manual for Color Intensity and then click Set 390 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar on the Color Adjustment sheet to adjust the intensity Is printing performed be
160. ed the last spooled page becomes the last page If the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is specified to Page Layout Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software 325 e If duplex printing manually has been set the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed together and then the back pages are displayed First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whol
161. ed colors selecting this check box may improve the condition 311 Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Note Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Print after creating print data by page The print data is created in page units and printing starts after the processing of one page of print data is complete If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks selecting this check box may improve the results 99 Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed the printer uses a simple interpolation process to enlarge or reduce the image If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly selecting this check box may improve the results Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances DJ Note e Scale images using nearest neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data Depending on the application software being used the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly In such cases select On If you will not be using this function select Off Important e When using
162. edure for performing envelope printing is as follows 1 Load envelope on the printer 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Quack Seo Man Page Setup Martenance Commonly Used Settings E Business Documert a i P Paper Saveg D Erweope v Previewy before printing Additional Features J Retste 180 degrees Porter Paper Sze Letier 3 511 222cm Onentation Potrat Pager Source Bear Trey Copies 4 Select the paper size When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed select Envelope Com 10 Envelope DL Yougata 4 4 13 x9 25 or Yougata 6 3 86 x7 48 and then click OK 5 Set the orientation To print the addressee horizontally select Landscape for Orientation A 6 Select the print quality Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality 7 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the information is printed on the envelope 244 Important e When you execute envelope printing guide messages are displayed To hide the guide messages check the Do not show this message again check box To show the guide again click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab and start the Canon lJ Status Monitor Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting 245 Printing on Postcards This section descri
163. ement are not available 1 Device Status The device status is displayed as Available or Unavailable 2 Signal Strength Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging from 0 to 100 3 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 4 Advanced Measurement To examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point or between the printer and the computer When you click the Connection Performance Measurement is displayed Connection Performance Measurement Screen 173 Connection Performance Measurement Screen gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays to execute the connection performance measurement Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Completion Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Initial Screen Click Next gt to start measurement perfomance the access port and display whether t is sutable for panting Check that the printer is tumed on and cick Net When the connection peormance is poor place the printer closer to the access them Poor connection R wil take a couple of minutes to measure the conection performance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress Connection Performance Measurement Screen Comple
164. en 2 ui annaua ee eee ea ee 174 Maintenance SCC 224 i0400e eee de Lae Pee wee hee eee onde 176 Network Setup of tie Card Slot Screen cc cus cides nadat ad damia aia da aa oa Na 177 Associate Port SOBEN seus eee drra Fede SS eee THEE ES EER SONG ESN OER OE E Ghee eee 179 Network Intonation Slee aan 255409eees dares deuanreans Gere eb Raees eoeleanee ease 180 Appendix for Network COMMUNICAION ssid csras arrede hau der bidbiudeede ates deeee enews 181 Using the Card Slot over a NGIWORK 5 adie d di ccnn AHR ior aa ea Rasa alk dle ade a 182 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port 00 02000 cece 184 About Technical TASS vic cad bode d eat dideee ela baad ota eae ead t dca weed 185 RESINGUONG 2 32522540064 6G4R a EE EEE CE See Rhee eee ee LCE R ES 191 AGU PHEW 25 2 ance ko SAG oP ESM Deh EAR HME SPERM RREEDEDA BERT ESD EDAD DEG E 192 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality osc is dood econo eee eek bees iese ewe se 193 Useful Infomation about WWes 6 os 44440444 9 40449240 niaii nia e ea A be a a REE EM 194 Key Points to Successful Printing TIRT TAT T EEEIEE TTET RETT boast tee 196 Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper 0 0 0 cece ee eae 197 Canceling a Print Job ee aa dace sea PEREN TEEN shad ae Ra ewe deuce asd kian Leeda 198 Printer Handing Precautions serrr snar tenrr aniar keket RA a iA 199 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality APAT T ANANA ee re TTT
165. ensity Contrast Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity contrast balance Printer Paper Size Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Sets the number of patterns to be printed You can select from Largest Large and Small When you select a pattern size the number of patterns that can be printed is as follows Note e Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout Largest Cyan Magenta Yellow 37 Intensity Contrast 49 303 Large Cyan Magenta Yellow 19 Intensity Contrast 25 Small Cyan Magenta Yellow 7 Intensity Contrast 9 Color Variation Between Instances Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns Select from Large Medium and Small Large produces a large amount of change and Small produces a small amount of change Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium Matching Tab Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed Color Correction Allows you to select Driver Matching ICM ICC Profile Matchin
166. ent Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer D Important e Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them 167 Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen Specification Me thot Single Address Specification n Instructions 1 Specification Method Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address es Single Address Specification Specify each IP address separately Range Specification Specify a range of successive IP addresses 2 IP Address Enter the IP address of a computer or a network device to allow access when you selected Single Address Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 Start IP Address Enter the first IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 End IP Address Enter the last IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method An IP address is exp
167. er from the rear tray 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Click Roller Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The confirmation message appears 4 Execute paper feed roller cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Paper feed roller cleaning starts 5 Complete paper feed roller cleaning After the rollers have stopped follow the instruction in the message load three sheets of plain paper into the rear tray and click OK Paper will be ejected and feed roller cleaning will be completed 94 Aligning the Print Head When you perform head position adjustment errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions adjust the position of the print head On this printer you can adjust the print head either automatically or manually 95 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows Print He
168. er you are using e When using the machine over the wired LAN you cannot monitor network status 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Status from the View menu The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance 3 Important If the indicated value is low move your printer closer to the wireless network device 4 If you measure the connection performance in detail click Advanced Measurement The Connection Performance Measurement screen is displayed 5 Click Next gt The measurement starts and the status displays Measurement takes a few minutes Check that the printer is tumed on and click Next When the connection peormance is poor place the printer closer to the access point and remove any interfeang objects between them Poor comection wil cause unstable operation such as slow panting Rwil take a couple of minutes to measure the connection perfomance You can cancel the operation while the measurement is in progress 140 6 Check the status When the measurement is complete the status is displayed The results are as follows Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point coos Cick Remeasuremert to measure the performance again When is displayed in Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point the printer can communicate with the access point Other
169. erter carrot output 3 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 216 Note The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width Important Stapling Side and Specify Margin appear grayed out and are unavailable when Borderless Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected for Page Layout e Scaled is selected for Page Layout When Duplex Printing Manual is also selected only Stapling Side can be specified 217 Execute Borderless Printing The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper In standard printing margins are created around the document area However in borderless printing function these margins are not created When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it set borderless printing The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab Setting Borderless Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set borderless printing Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page
170. es The ink absorber is almost full moa 11 flashes Automatic Print Head Alignment failed 2 Cannot perform printing with the current print setting 4 12 flashes You cannot print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM 411 1000 2100 2101 1250 1300 1600 1660 The print head may be damaged 1401 1403 1405 16 1681 1700 1701 500 103 100 13 flashes The remaining ink level cannot be correctly detected The lamp on the ink tank flashes 14 flashes The ink tank cannot be recognized 15 flashes The ink tank cannot be recognized 16 flashes The ink has run out The lamp on the ink tank flashes 1688 21 flashes The printer cannot detect the paper size 2103 22 flashes The printer has detected that the paper has been fed aligned to one side 2102 Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Alternate Flashes of the POWER Lamp and the Alarm Lamp Example of 2 times flashing OK KOK ita O pestle Snails ET EENT py itia a A A Flashes B Goes off Printer error has occurred 5100 Printer error has occurred 5B00 5B01 10 flashes An error requiring you to contact the B200 service center has occurred Other cases than above Printer error has occurred 5101 5200 5400 5700 5CO00 5C20 6000 6001 6500 6502 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6920 6921 6930 6931 6932 6933 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6A80 6A81 6A90 C000 412 When a Support
171. es not print check the following 1 Check that the machine power is on If the machine power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved 2 Check that the machine is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on which iOS is installed 3 Check that the machine has enough paper and ink 4 If your printer has a LCD monitor check that no error message is displayed on the LCD monitor If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the machine If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your model 35 D gt Note e After you turn on the machine it may take few minutes before the machine can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Confirm that the machine is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing e If Bonjour on the machine is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the machine and enable Bonjour Note e The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple product or app 36 Overview of the Printer Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Printer Loading Paper Loading Paper Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the In
172. f a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When using paper with one printable surface make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing up Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Load paper with the printable side facing up Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side 384 Lines Are Misaligned A Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform Print Head Alignment If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head D gt Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignmen
173. f electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Power Save Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of time or not at all Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise environmental impact Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star logo accordingly Paper types This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper certified to an environmental stewardship scheme which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g m2 lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs 42
174. f the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Pages Use the following command to select the page to be displayed Note If the Page Layout setting in the printer driver is specified to Tiling Poster or Booklet the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software First Page Displays the first page of the document If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Page Displays the page located after the currently displayed page If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Page Displays the last page of the document If the currently displayed page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Page Selection Displays the Page Selection dialog box This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size You can also select the ratio from the drop down list box located on the toolbar Whole Displays the entire page of d
175. functions Refer to What You Can Do with My Image Garden for details Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A printing materials site where you can download all the printing materials for free Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling 19 paper parts are provided It is easily accessible from Quick Menu CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden To download PREMIUM Contents make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer 3 Note e The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App Print Your Days Use Print Your Days to collect Facebook photos of memories of parties and travel recent activity of your family and friends your hobbies etc then create and print a work of art Print Your Days is available from the Print Your Days Facebook page Print and enjoy the excitement and memories depicted in the photos on Facebook 20 Helpful Functions Available Through the Network The following useful functions are available on the machine Enjoy even more
176. g or None to match the purpose of the print operation Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Note In the XPS printer driver ICM has become ICC Profile Matching Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer ICM ICC Profile Matching Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing Specify the input profile and rendering intent to be used D Important e If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly None Disables color adjustment with the printer driver Input Profile Specifies the input profile to be used when you select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction Standard The standard printer profile SRGB which supports the color space of ICM is used This is the default setting Adobe RGB 1998 The Adobe RGB profile which supports a wider color space than sRGB is used 304 D Important e Adobe RGB 1998 is not displayed when input profiles of Adobe RGB are not installed Rendering Intent Specifies the matching method to be used when you select ICM ICC Profile Matching for Color Correction Saturation This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method Perceptual This method repro
177. g Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows 7 select the Start menu gt Devices and Printers e If you are using Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers e If you are using Windows XP select the start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 2 Right click your model name icon and then select Printing preferences from the displayed menu The printer driver setup window appears Important e Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties Windows 8 Windows 7 or Properties Windows Vista Windows XP displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports or Advanced tab Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing preferences or application software For tabs regarding Windows functions refer to the user s manual for the Windows 286 Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing You will know the status of the printer with graphics icons and messages Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer When launched the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar 3J Note e T
178. g to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose To set the print quality level individually click the Main tab and for Print Quality select Custom The Set becomes enabled Click Set to open the Custom dialog box and then specify the desired settings High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Rear Tray Paper is always supplied from the rear tray Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 D Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software Always Print with Current Settings Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution Important e If you log on with a different user name the settings that were set when this function was enabled are not reflected in the print settings e If
179. ge Scaled or Page Layout from the Page Layout list 4 Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings To change the setting select another stapling side from the list 5 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the margin width and then click OK 6 Complete the setup 233 Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper After one side is printed reload the paper correctly according to the message Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side Important e When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type on the Main tab Duplex Printing Manual appears grayed out and is unavailable When Borderless Tiling Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list Duplex Printing Manual and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable Note e If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing perform Bottom Plate Cleaning in the Maintenance tab Related Topics Cleaning Inside the Printer Changing the Printer Operation Mode 234 Stamp Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also all
180. gin width for one page Page Border To print a page border around each document page check the check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be printed on one side of a sheet of paper When the printing of one side is complete set the paper correctly by following the message and click OK When the printing of the other side is complete fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a booklet Important Booklet cannot be selected when a media type other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab Note e The stamp and background are not printed on the inserted blank sheets with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing 232 Duplex Printing Travel Guide The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing Manual check box on the Page Setup tab Letier 8 5 11 22280m A Pores A O Langreepe Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size 5 Page Layout Nomasre 5H Ba g g Pian Paper Leter 8 5 11 22280m Nomalsize Borieress Frto Page Scaled Page Layout lt gt lal V Atonaticaty reduce large documert that the perter carrot otot Stapling Sde 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Fit to Pa
181. gned to network devices by its manufacturer MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a hexadecimal number separated by colons i e 11 22 33 44 55 66 Operation Status Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used Proxy server A server that links a LAN connected computer to the Internet When using a proxy server specify the address and the port number of the proxy server PSK An encryption method employed by WPA WPA2 Router A relay device to connect to another network Signal Strength The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or an access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference 188 The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name e Stealth In the stealth mode an access point hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID The client must specify the SSID set to the access point to detect it e Subnet Mask IP address has two components the network address and the host address Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an acce
182. ground details If necessary complete the following settings and then click OK 236 Select Background button To use another background or change the layout or density of a background click this Background first page only To print the background only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified background D Important e When Borderless is selected the Stamp Background Stamp button appears grayed out and is unavailable Note The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing Related Topics Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background 237 Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used You can create and register a new stamp You can also change and re register some of the settings of an existing stamp Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows Registering a New Stamp 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Main Page Seip Martenance Pin Paper Letter 85 11 22280m Al IEN Page Sze Letier 8 5x11 22280m amp Orientation AJ Pora A Ln
183. he latest printer driver for your model After uninstalling the printer driver install the latest printer driver according to the regular procedure When the connection method selection screen is displayed select Use the printer with wireless LAN connection or Use the printer with wired LAN connection according to the connection method you use The printer will be detected automatically in the network After making sure that the printer is detected install the printer driver following the on screen instructions DJ Note e You can use the printer over a LAN without performing setup again 408 Uninstalling IJ Network Tool Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer Important e Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can print from the computer over network However you cannot change the network settings over network e Log into a user account with administrator privilege 1 Perform the procedure to uninstall IJ Network Tool e In Windows 8 1 Select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Uninstall If the User Account Control screen appears click Continue e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Uninstall If the User Account Control
184. he printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tank properly e Once an ink tank has been installed do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open This will cause the ink tank to dry out and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled To maintain optimal printing quality use an ink tank within six months of first use Note Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black and white document or when black and white printing is specified Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer When an ink tank is out of ink replace it immediately with a new one Useful Information about Ink 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and open the front cover gently 2 Open the top cover The print head holder moves to the replacement position 75 As Caution Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the print head holder until it stops completely 3 Important Do not place any object on the top cover It will fall into the rear tray when the top cover is opened and cause the printer to malfunction e Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer e If the top cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the print head holder moves to the right In this case close and reopen the top cover 3 Remove
185. he remaining ink level cannot be correctly detected The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Replace the ink tank and close the top cover Printing with an ink tank that was once empty may damage the printer If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the printer s RESUME CANCEL button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any printer malfunction or damage caused by refilled ink tanks 446 1684 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this printer Install the appropriate ink tank If you want to cancel printing press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button 447 1688 Cause The ink has run out The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Replace the ink tank and close the top cover Printing under the current condition may damage the printer If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the printer s RESUME CANCEL button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized
186. he specified data cannot be printed Action When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM confirm the message on the computer screen make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors then start printing again 456 4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with the current print settings Action Press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and print again 457 5100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the printer Then clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving and turn on the printer again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the components inside the printer The printer may not print out properly if you touch it 458 5101 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Remove the protective material turn the printer off and turn it back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 459 5200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service cen
187. he wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USBnnn where n is a number appearing in the Port Name column 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wireless LAN tab 5 Select Use WPA or Use WPA2 in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WPA Details screen is displayed For WPA2 the WPA2 Details screen is displayed If encryption is not set to the printer the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed Go to step 7 6 Click Change Settings The currert settings for chent authentication are as follows To change the settings cick Change Settings Authentication Type PSK Dynamic Encryption Type TKIP Basic Encryption 7 Check the client authentication type and click Next gt 135 Check the authentication type and click Net Autthertication Type OEK 8 Enter the passphrase confirm the type of dynamic encryption and click Next gt Enter the passph
188. head holder If the jammed paper is under the print head holder move the print head holder to the right edge or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper When you move the print head holder hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the right edge or the left edge 424 4 Hold the jammed paper with your hands If the paper is rolled up pull it out 425 5 Pull the paper slowly not to tear it then pull the paper out 6 Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed If the paper is torn a piece of paper may remain inside the printer Check the following and remove the piece of paper if it remains Does the piece of paper remain under the print head holder e Does the little piece of paper remain inside the printer Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space C inside the printer 7 Close the top cover All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly If the message about paper jam is displayed on the computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper a piece of paper may remain inside the printer In this case confirm that no piece of paper remains inside the printer 426 If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error contin
189. hem in the Drive list Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen Display when the network setup of the card slot is failed 177 Communication with the Card Slot fated Please refer to the Instructions then cick Retry 1 Skip Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot 2 Retry Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re executes the network drive mapping 3 Cancel Cancels the card slot setup When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked 178 Associate Port Screen Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver Select the printer for which you want to change the association then click OK 3J Note e You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate with and cack OK Model Available Canon m3 Avaliable Canon Available Microsoft Avaliable Microsoft 1 Model Pot Name rv PORTPROMPT SHRFAX Displays the name of device specified as a destination port It is blank if the name of device is not detected 2 Printer Displays the printer driver installed in the computer Select the printer for which you want to change the association 3 OK Performs association 179 Network Information Screen Display the network information that
190. hen click Next Dynamic Encryption Type THP Basic Encryption AES Secure Encryption 1 Passphrase Enter the passphrase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer 2 Dynamic Encryption Type Select the dynamic encryption method from either TKIP Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption according to the setting of the access point 158 Setup Information Confirmation Screen gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays the settings used for client authentication Confirm the settings and click Finish Sete te pe ee 159 Wired LAN Sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection To display the Wired LAN sheet click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wied LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address 1 TCP IP Setup Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality mus
191. htness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows You can also set brightness on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set al Grayscale Prreng The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark for Brightness and click OK The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 274 ABCDEF 1234567 C Pept a pattern tor color austere Patten Prrt preferences a 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 275 Adjusting Intensity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors beco
192. ible IP Address Screen 145 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen File View Settings Help F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings t may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network after R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is
193. ice J Fete 180 degrees a Same as Page Sre Page Layout Noenslsine a BH D a 8 Nommaleize Borderless Feto Page Scaled Page Layout lt gt V Atorabcaly seduce large documert that the perter carck oft C Duple Parting Manus Raping Sde Lorg ede saping Left Copes r 1 0 999 gi Z Part tom Last Page Vv Collate some oe wes too The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens Stare first page oriy Background Background first page only ox ccu Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used 3 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 238 AGB 192 192 192 Select Color 4 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window Stamp tab Select Text Bitmap or Date Time User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type o For Text registration the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text If necessary change the TrueType Font Style Size and Outline settings You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color o For Bitmap click Select File and select the bitmap file bmp to be used If necessary change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text If necessary change the settings of TrueType Font Style Siz
194. ich lamp is off 438 1412 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 439 1413 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 440 1414 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 441 1600 Cause If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing ink may have run out Action Replacing the ink tank is recommended If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button with the ink tank installed Then printing can continue Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing The printer may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition DJ Note If multiple ink lamps are flashing red check the status of each ink tank 442 1660 Cause The ink tank is not installed Action Install the ink tank 443 1680 Cause Some ink tanks are not installed in the correct position The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions 444 1681 Cause More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions 445 1683 Cause T
195. ile Menu Selects print operation and print history settings Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes This command has the same function as i Print on the toolbar and the Print in the print settings area Print All Documents Prints all documents in the document list and closes the Canon IJ XPS Preview Save Print History Switches whether the documents printed from the Canon IJ XPS Preview are to be saved as print history entries History Entry Limit Switches the maximum number of print history registrations Select 10 Entries 30 Entries or 100 Entries 328 Important e If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one Add documents from history to the list Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area Edit Menu Selects the method for editing multiple documents or pages Undo Reverses the previous change If the change cannot be reversed this function is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the EX Undo on the toolbar Documents Selects the method for editing p
196. in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale 33 Important When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver 224 DJ Note e Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document 225 Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set page layout printing Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Quick Sep Man Page Sep Martenance IEN Pope Sie Letter 8 5x11 22280m 4 Orientation A Posse AJC __ Rete 180 degrees GP Porta Pacer Sze Letter 85 11 22280m Pisin Paper Letter 85 11 22280m C Ouples Parting Manual Stapling Sde Leng ede taping Too 1 01 333 EF Port trom Last Page 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order If n
197. ing the computer and network device try to set up the network communication from the beginning If you can view web pages Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 359 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 11 times gt Note e To check whether the wired LAN is activated print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information 360 The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the Wi Fi lamp is lit on the front side of the printer If the Wi Fi lamp is off Wireless LAN is inactive To activate Wireless LAN press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 10 times Wireless LAN is activated and the Wi Fi lamp is lit When the printer is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is connected properly When you set up the wireless LAN connection using a USB cable or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool connect the printer and the computer securely Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable Make sure that the printer setup is completed If not perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perfo
198. ing the password WEP key the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point a Kay Length 128be 2 Key Format ASCII 3 Key ID Athertication 5 instructions 1 WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length Key Format ASCII 13 characters Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 133 2 Key Length Select either 64bit or 128bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point Normally select Auto If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point 7 Click OK Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 134 Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change t
199. ing the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected using the printer driver Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing If you notice blurs or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again You can confirm the print quality setting using the printer driver Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data If the problem is not resolved there may be other causes See also the sections below Cannot Print to End of Job No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Lines Are Misaligned Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched gt Back of the Paper Is Smudged Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Colors Are Uneven or Streaked 381 Cannot Print to End of Job Select the setting not to compress the printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box then click OK Deselect the check box after printing is complete Is the
200. ings is as follows _ Custom Settings 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens Note e If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Prevent paper jam Check this item only if A3 plain paper jams frequently near the paper exit Important e When this function is used it takes longer to print to A3 plain paper Also the print quality may deteriorate Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup ta
201. inted data will not be hidden behind the stamp DJ Note The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap When this check box is unchecked the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp over the printed document page Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp Note e You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver Stamp first page only Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only Background Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object bitmap etc behind the document Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list 313 Select Background Opens the Background Settings dialog box You can register a bitmap as a background and change layout method and intensity of the selected background Background first page o
202. inted so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern 88 Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the print head consumes ink so clean the print head only when necessary 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes white once then release it immediately The printer starts cleaning the print head The cleaning will be complete when the POWER lamp lights white after flashing Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head This takes about 1 to 2 minutes 3 Check the print head condition Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head condition Note e If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice clean the print head deeply Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer 89 Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Note e If the remaining ink level is low the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper including recycled paper
203. ion A Pora A OUungcpe C Rotate 180 degrees A Same as Page Sze Page Layout Noenalsize HB D A 9 g Nomasize Borderess Fata Page Scaled Page Layout lt gt V Actoenatically seduce large documert that the perter carrot otat C Duplex Parting Manus Staping Sde Long ede saping Let 0 955 gi ea V Collate ee 0K Coes tom The Print Options dialog box opens Oee ICM requred foe the apphcaton softwere C Ossable te color profile setting of the appbcaten software Ungroup Papers C Og net allow apphcation software to compress pert date C Pre aher creating pert data by pase Prevention of Print Data Loss Une of Port Dats Processing Recommended oe een owas 3J Note When you use the XPS printer driver the functions available to you are different 3 Change the individual settings If necessary change the setting of each item and then click OK The Page Setup tab is displayed again 109 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the necessary items From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select the printing profile to be used and if necessary cha
204. ireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standard cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed 191 About Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network Precautions When a Firewall Function is Enabled A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer This may disable printer setup and communications During the printer setup you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the security software or operation system If so choose to enable communications When using IJ Network Tool you may be prompted to enable or disable communications depending on the firewall function of the security software If so choose to enable communications If you cannot set up the printer temporarily disable the firewall function of the security software or operation system Important e If you disabled the firewall function disconnect your network from the Internet Some applications like the network configuration software override firewall settings Check the application s settings beforehand If the printer you use is set to Get IP address automatically the IP address changes every time the pri
205. is ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer Normally the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting and the document is printed with no scaling When you set 2 on 1 Printing or 4 on 1 Printing in Additional Features you can manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced If you select a paper size that is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged Orientation Selects the printing orientation If the application used to create your document has a similar function select the same orientation that you selected in that application Portrait Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction This is the default setting 296 Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab opening the Custom Settings dialog box and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape check box Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the followin
206. is fewer than the succeeding ink tanks The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the first ink tank ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank ink cartridge Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality To keep printer s performance Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition When the printer performs cleaning a small amount of ink is consumed In this case all colors of ink may be consumed Cleaning function The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents print quality degradation or nozzle clogging Does black and white printing use color ink Black and white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white Why does the printer have two black ink tanks There are two kinds of black ink in the printer dye ink BK and pigment ink PGBk The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos illustration etc and the pigment ink is used for text based documents Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out another will not be used instead If either of them runs out the ink tank replacement is required These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver Y
207. isaligned printed ruled lines or similar symptoms align the print head 79 Checking the Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 80 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and open the front cover gently 2 Open the top cover Replacing Procedure 3 Check the ink lamp Close the top cover after checking the ink lamp status Replacing Procedure The ink lamp is on The ink tank is correctly installed The ink lamp is flashing Flashing slowly at around 3 second intervals ee Coane Repeats Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank 39 Note e When printing on A3 size or larger paper ink may run out during printing This may cause blurred print results or horizontal white streaks Flashing fast at around 1 second intervals 2 amp Repeats The ink tank is installed in the wrong position Or The ink has run out Make sure that the ink tank is installed in the correct position as indicated by the label on the print head holder If the position is correct but the lamp flashes there has been an error and the printer cannot print Check the Alarm lamp on the printer f an Error Occurs The ink lamp is off The ink tank is not installed properly or the function for detecting the remaining i
208. itial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning 3 Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts 4 Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel Important e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Note e If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning switch off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement the ink may have run out or the print head may be worn For details on the remedial action to be taken see Ink Is Not Ejected Related Topic Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 93 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Cleans the paper feed rollers Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles sticking to the paper feed rollers and paper is not fed properly The procedure for performing the feed roller cleaning is as follows Roller Cleaning 1 Prepare the printer Remove all sheets of pap
209. itializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately in the printer driver In the following instructions XXX signifies your printer s name 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 2 Select items as shown below In Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from the Start menu In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open the properties of printer driver for the printer e In Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click the Canon XXX icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Printer properties e In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click the Canon XXX icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings 414 Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s Note When the printer is used over LAN the port name of the printer is displayed as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character s
210. iver Print speed or print quality may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper jam Readjust the setting not to prevent paper jam once printing is complete If not this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs 429 In Windows Open the printer driver setup window and in Custom Settings in the Maintenance sheet select the Prevent paper jam check box and then click OK In Mac OS In the Canon IJ Printer Utility select Custom Settings in the pop up menu select the Prevent paper jam check box and then click Apply 430 1000 Cause There is no paper in the rear tray Action Load paper in the rear tray and press the printer s RESUME CANCEL button 431 1200 Cause The top cover is open Action Close the top cover and wait for a while 432 1250 Cause The front cover is closed Action Open the front cover to resume printing 433 1401 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 434 1403 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 435 1405 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 436 1410 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 437 1411 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the top cover and replace the ink tank wh
211. ize to correctly set the size of the paper loaded in the printer If an error message is displayed even though the same size that was set is loaded clear the check box Ink Drying Wait Time The printer can pause before printing a subsequent page Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing About dialog box When you click About the About dialog box is displayed This dialog box displays the version copyright and module list of the printer driver You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window 323 Modules Lists the printer driver modules Language Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window Important If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system the characters will be garbled Related Topics Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning Inside the Printer Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode TERETE 324
212. k Status Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Printer Changing the Printer Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Initializing the Printer Settings gt Information about Network Connection Useful Information about Network Connection About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool Other Screens of IJ Network Tool Appendix for Network Communication Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Printer Handling Precautions Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images Specifications 37 Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information 38 Safety Precautions Choosing a location e Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks use the machine under the operating environment specified in the On screen Manual Do not place the machine on
213. lable Related Topic Canon IJ Preview 248 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size Such a paper size is called custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select Custom for Page Size on the Page Setup tab Same as Page Sze Page Layout Nomnsleize HH Ba H Plan Paper Custom 8 50 11 00 Nomalsizne Border ess Feto Paze Scaled Page Layout lt gt vi Actoenatically reduce large documert that he perter cart oft C Duplex Parting Manus Stapling Sde Lorg ede stapling Lett 2 1 0 333 gi Zi Port tom Last Page V Collate Pact Options Stamp Background Defauts Co Cana too _ C The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens inches 0501654 inches 500 26 61 ox cocu to 3 Set the custom paper size Specify Units and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used Then click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified paper size 249 Important e When the application software that created the document has a function for specifying the height and width values use the application software to set the values When
214. le Chrome Android Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc Adobe Photoshop Photoshop Elements Lightroom Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemthle FineArt GmbH Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Canon Inc Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Enter keywords in the search window and click a Search You can search for target pages in this guide Entry example your product s model name load paper your product s model name 1000 Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window Canon gt Language Search gt Site Map gt Read Me First Online Manual You can see manuals of your product and applications Product Manuals You can learn how to handle and operate your product Note e The displayed screen may vary e Searching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load paper in the search window and perform a search e Troubleshooting Errors Enter your product s model name and a support code Example When the following error sc
215. lider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available e Click Defaults to set File to blank Layout Method to Fill page and the Intensity slider to the middle Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background Title Enter the title to save the background image you specified Up to 64 characters can be entered DJ Note e Spaces tabs and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title 316 Backgrounds Shows a list of registered background titles Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title Save Save overwrite Saves the image data as a background After inserting the Title click this button Delete Deletes an unnecessary background Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list and then click this button 317 Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer Quick Setup Main Page Setup Martenance Desing m Eminates unwanted smudges and ines n the pent esk Deep Geaning rye Unclogs norsles Put cannot be Geared by regtar
216. lization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website 2 Network Setup of the Card Slot 1 Note e This item is not available depending on the printer you are using Status displays whether the card slot is mapped as a network drive When you click the Network Setup of the Card Slot is displayed Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen 176 Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer Displays when you click Setup on the Maintenance screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Failed Screen D gt Note e You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using IJ Network Tool activate the LAN settings in advance Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Setup Screen Map the card siot as a network deve to this computer Specfy the deve letter and cick OK 1 Drive Select the drive letter to assign to the network drive 2 Update Reloads the drive letters that are unassigned in Computer My Computer in Windows XP and displays t
217. ll not be displayed 5 Select the rendering intent Select the coloring adjustment method in Rendering Intent Saturation This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method Perceptual This method reproduces images by focusing on color tints that most people prefer Select this method to print photos Relative Colorimetric When image data is converted to the color space of the printer this method converts the image data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions Select this method to print image data with colors that are close to the original colors Absolute Colorimetric When Relative Colorimetric is selected white spots are reproduced as white spots of the paper background color However when Absolute Colorimetric is selected how the white spots are reproduced depends on the image data J Important e When Windows XP SP2 or Windows XP SP3 is used this function is disabled 6 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusti
218. lt Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the printer and printing operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the printer over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 9 times The network settings are initialized 370 Problems with Printing Printing Does Not Start gt Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs gt Printing Stops Before It Is Completed 371 Printing Does Not Start Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in then press the ON button to turn the printer on While the POWER lamp is flashing the printer is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit D Note e When printing large data such as a photo or graphics it may take longer to start printing While the POWER lamp is flashing the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer Wait until printing starts Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the co
219. ly Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer Printing Speed Is Slow Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 346 The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly Cannot Communicate with the Printer After the Network Settings Are Changed Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wired LAN Cannot Print from a Computer Connected to the Network Cannot Communicate with the Printer After the Network Settings Are Changed It may take a while for the computer to obtain the IP address or you may need to restart your computer Search for the printer again after confirming a valid IP address is assigned to the computer Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wireless LAN Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the network settings in the printer are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the printer settings How to Set a WEP WPA WPA2 Key Make sure that the printer is not place as far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the printer within 164 ft 50 m from the access point Make sure that there is no obstruction Wirele
220. ly Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the printer and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the printer as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the printer 104 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning Remove stains from the inside of the printer If the inside of the printer becomes dirty printed paper may get dirty so we recommend performing cleaning regularly You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Be sure to use a new piece of paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper from the rear tray 2 Prepare paper 1 Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in half lengthwise then unfold the paper 2 Load this sheet of paper sideways in the rear tray with the open side facing you 3 Open the front cover gently then pull out the paper output tray 3 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes white five times then release it immediately The paper cleans th
221. me more intense when the image data is printed No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows You can also set intensity on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Leter 8 5 11 22280m The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors and moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver After adjusting each color click OK 276 ABCDEF 1234567 Sarge Tyge Randerd v C Yew Color Paten 33 Important e Adjust the slider gradually 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Inten
222. ments or pages you can combine documents change the print sequence of the documents or pages or delete documents or pages 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing 4 Editing print documents and print pages Combining print documents You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document By combining print documents you can prevent blank pages from being inserted when you execute duplex printing or page layout printing From the Document Name list select the documents to be combined On the Edit menu select Combine Documents from Documents to combine the documents in the listed sequence To select multiple print documents hold down the Ctrl key and click the documents to be merged or hold down the Shift key and press the upper arrow or lower arrow key You can also click a blank area in the document list and drag the mouse to select multiple documents When you combine documents the documents selected before the combining are deleted from the list and the combined document is added to the list Changing the sequence of print documents or print pages To change the sequence of the print documents go to the Document Name list and select the print document to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Documen
223. mputer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the printer over LAN make sure that the printer is connected to the network with a LAN cable or is set up correctly If there are any unnecessary print jobs delete them gt Deleting the Undesired Print Job Does the page size setting match the size of the paper loaded in the printer Set the printer not to detect the width of the paper using the printer driver To set the printer not to detect the width of the paper open the printer driver setup window and in Custom Settings under the Maintenance sheet clear the Detect the paper width when printing from computer check box and then click OK To open the printer driver setup window see How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Select the Detect the paper width when printing from computer check box again once printing is complete and then click OK ie Make sure that your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer Make sure that your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box D Note To make the printer the one selected by default select Set as Default Printer Configure the printer
224. n allows you to set and execute the machine utility functions such as cleaning 30 AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings such as position information Google Cloud Print setup This function allows you to register this machine to Google Cloud Print or delete the machine Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information Manual Online This function displays the Online Manual Network Configuration This function displays the network settings 31 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad iPhone and iPod touch to a Canon printer AirPrint enables you to print photos email Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to your printer without installing a driver AirPrint Checking Your Environment First check your environment AirPrint Operation Environment To use AirPrint you will need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS o iPad all models o iPhone 3GS or later o iPod touch 3rd generation or later Network Environment The Apple device iPad iPhone or iPod touch and this machine must be connected to the same Wi Fi network Printing with AirPrint 1 Check that this machine is turned on and is connected to the LAN 2 From the app of your Apple device tap the operation icon to displ
225. n ink port D The ink may stain your hands if you touch them Do not reattach the protective cap C once you have removed it Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables 5 Install the new ink tank 1 Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label DJJ Note e To install a black pigment PGBk ink tank insert it in the middle of the correct position with equal spaces on the left and right sides 2 Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place Make sure that the ink lamp lights up red 78 3 Important e You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position Be sure to install the ink tank in the correct position according to the label on the print head holder You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed Be sure to install all the ink tanks 6 Close the top cover Note If the Alarm lamp still flashes orange after the top cover is closed take appropriate action If an Error Occurs e When you start printing after replacing the ink tank the printer starts cleaning the print head automatically Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head While cleaning is in progress the POWER lamp is flashing white e If the print head is out of alignment as indicated by m
226. n the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Associate Port Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer Associate Port Screen This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive Maintenance Screen Help menu Instructions Displays this guide About Displays the version of IJ Network Tool 148 Configuration Screen You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using SSID mre Encryption Method Use WEP TCPAP Setup Gat IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on each sheet see the following Wireless LAN Sheet Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet 149 Wireless LAN Sheet Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection To display the Wireless LAN sheet click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen Wireless LAN
227. n the document list Print Settings Area is displayed on the right side of the preview window Page Information tab The print settings are displayed for each page You can change the media type and paper source settings Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type Allows you to select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source Allows you to select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed Layout tab You can specify settings for page layout printing To apply the specified settings click Apply If the page layout print settings cannot be changed for the print document the individual items are grayed out and cannot be selected Manual Color Adjustment tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast options Cyan Magenta Yellow Adjusts the strengths of Cyan Magenta and Yellow Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used which alters the total color balance of the document Use your application software if you want to change the total color balance significantly Use the printe
228. nal information to a third party 366 The Admin Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten Initialize the LAN settings How to Restore the Printer s Network Settings to Factory Default After initializing the LAN settings perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website 367 Checking Information about the Network Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Printer Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer Checking If the Computer and the Printer or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate Checking the Network Setting Information Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Printer To check the IP address or the MAC address of the printer print out the network setting information Printing Out Network Setting Information To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool select Network Information on the View menu Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer follow the procedure below 1 Select Command Prompt as shown below In Windows 8 select Command Prompt from the Start screen If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for Command Prompt e In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start gt All Programs
229. nd Duplex Printing Manual check boxes are checked automatically If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Photo Printing If you select this setting when printing a photo the photo paper and photo size generally used are set The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority 294 Envelope If you select this setting for printing an envelope Media Type is set automatically to Envelope In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box select the size of the envelope to be used Note The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected Save Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings Delete Deletes a registered printing profile Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings and click Delete When a confirmation message is displayed click OK to delete the specified printing profile J Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how
230. nected computer the card slot is not detected via USB Make sure that the card slot setting is selected properly according to your connection method To read files from a memory card via USB and over a network disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer You cannot write files to a memory card in either way with this setting When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a LAN connected computer you can write files to a memory card from a computer connected to a network Note that it may increase the risk that the data on the memory card is infected by computer viruses or accessed illegally It is recommended to use the access control function of the machine or connect to the Internet via a router For information on using a router contact your Internet service provider or a network device manufacturer If you write files to a memory card over a network when IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not running the Date Modified of the files may not be proper Make sure to start up IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before you write files to a memory card over the network For details refer to IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen from the HOME of your product s Online Manual 183 When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If No Driver is displayed for the printer s name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen the printer driver is not associated with a crea
231. necting to Other Computer with LAN To add the computer connecting the printer with LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To change the connection method between the printer and the computer from USB to LAN perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the printer with USB connection perform setup again with the Setup CD ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method 124 Printing Out Network Setting Information You can print out the network settings of the printer such as its IP address and SSID Important e This print out contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 6 times The printer starts printing the network setting information The following information on the printer s network setting is printed out Explanations of the item Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Status of the Wireless LAN MAC Address MAC Address Communication Mode Method of the Encryption WEP Key Length Method of the Authentication Signal Strength
232. ned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inch 3 mm 2 Load envelopes 1 Open the paper support and pull it out 2 Open the front cover gently 3 Pull out the paper output tray 61 4 Slide the paper guides A to open them and load the paper in the center of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once 5 Slide the paper guides A to align them with both sides of the envelopes Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes The envelopes may not be fed properly B C B Rear side C Address side 62 JJJ Note Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark D Note After loading envelopes select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver 63 Media Types You Can Use Choose paper suitable for printing for the best print results Canon provides you various types of paper to enhance the fun of printing such as stickers as well as papers for photo or document We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers e Plain Paper including recycled paper 1 e Envelopes Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed i
233. ner Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed a confirmation screen asking for permission to send the printer and application software usage information will be displayed every month for about ten years Read the instructions on the screen and follow the procedure below 416 Thank you for your cooperation in inkjet Printer Scannes Fax Extended Survey Program For development and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the informetion below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet 1 Informeton related to Canon inkjet pninte scanner fax Computer s OS version language and display setting inforrration Device driver and application software usage logs 2 Information raisted to Canon inkjet printer fax Printer s ID number installaton date and tme ink use informaton number of sheets printed and maintenance nformaton If your Canon product is shared for use collective information recorded in the shared product will be sent In this survey we will not send any other information including your personal information For this reason from the formation that ic cant tn ec we sra nnahla tn idantifu cnarifie mictumarc If you agree to the above click Agree Otherwise click Do not agree If you wish t
234. nformation on the printable side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper access our website Note e You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name Paper for printing photos Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Paper for printing business documents e High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt Paper for creating your own prints T Shirt Transfers lt TR 301 gt e Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt 1 100 recycled paper can be used Paper Load Limit Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes Standard sizes e Letter e Legal 64 e 11 x 17 279 4 x 431 8 mm A5 A4 A3 A3 BS B4 e 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm e 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm e 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm e 10 x 12 25 x 30 cm e Envelope DL Envelope Com 10 Non standard sizes You can print on non standard size paper within the following ranges e Minimum size 2 17 x 3 58 inches 55 0 x 91 0 mm e Maximum size 1
235. ng 4 Apply the settings Click OK and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter 117 Initializing the Printer Settings You can initialize the printer settings Important e When using the printer over LAN note that initialization erases all network settings on the printer and printing operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the printer over network perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website To initialize the printer settings press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 15 times All the printer settings are initialized Note e You cannot initialize the current position of the print head 118 Information about Network Connection gt Useful Information about Network Connection 119 Useful Information about Network Connection gt Initial Values Set at Factory Network Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup gt Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN Printing Out Network Setting Information 120 Initial Values Set at Factory Network Change wireless wired LAN SSID Communication mode Wireless LAN security IPv4 IP address IPv6 IP address Set printer name
236. ng Manual of the print settings area will be set automatically In this case Duplex Printing Manual is grayed out and is unavailable Copies Specifies the number of copies you want to print You can specify a value from 1 to 999 If the numbers of copies cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list Print Prints the documents selected in the document list The printed documents are deleted from the list and when all documents are printed the Canon lJ XPS Preview closes 335 Canon IJ Status Monitor Description The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the printer and the printing progress The monitor uses graphics icons and messages to let you know the printer status Option IpkOetaits Help Canon IJ Status Monitor Features The Canon lJ Status Monitor offers the following advantages You can check the status of the printer on the screen The status of the printer is shown on the screen in real time You can check the printing progress of each printing document print job Error types and solutions are shown on the screen Shown when a printer error occurs You can immediately check how to respond You can check the ink status This function displays graphics showing the ink tank type and the estimated ink levels Icons and messages are displayed when ink
237. ng canceled or failed print job data may be remaining Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor 1 Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears 2 Display the print jobs Click Display Print Queue The print queue window opens 3 Delete the print jobs Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu When the confirmation message appears click Yes The deletion of the print job is complete gt Important e Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot delete the print job of another user DJ Note e When you perform this operation all print jobs are deleted If the print queue list contained a necessary print job start the printing process over from the beginning 290 Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver With some applications the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled In this case use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the operating system interface language the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly Do n
238. ng Contrast 266 Interpreting the ICC Profile When you need to specify the printer profile select the ICC profile for the paper to print on The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows Canon XXXXX PR 1 jt yt 1 2 3 e 1 is the model name of the printer e 2 is the media type This notation corresponds to the following media type o GL Photo Paper Plus Glossy II o PT Photo Paper Pro Platinum e SG LU Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss Photo Paper Pro Luster o MP Matte Photo Paper e 3 is the print quality The print quality is divided into 5 levels ranging from high speed to high quality As the number decreases the print quality becomes higher This value corresponds to the slider bar position in the Custom dialog box of the printer driver 267 Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows You can also
239. ng of the document If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Forward One Moves the currently selected page one position in front of its current position If the currently selected page is the first page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Backward One Moves the currently selected page one position after its current position If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 330 Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document If the currently selected page is the last page this command is grayed out and cannot be selected View Menu Selects the documents and pages to be displayed Documents Use the following command to select the document to display First Document Displays the first document in the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Previous Document Displays the document located before the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Next Document Displays the document located after the currently displayed document If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Last Document Displays the last document in the document list I
240. ng rules for optimal printing quality Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off If you press the ON button to turn off the power the printer caps the print head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the POWER lamp is not lit the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging When unplugging the power cord make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time even if it is capped the print head too may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month J Note e Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area 200 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer When relocating the printer make sure of the following D Important e Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport e With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer press the ON button to turn off the power This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head thus preventing it from drying e After packing do not
241. nge the settings after Additional Features You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs 3 Click Save Porter Paper Size Letter 35 11 22230m v Onertation Potrat Landscape Pace Source Rear Tray 4 Save the settings Enter a name in the Name field If necessary click Options set the items and then click OK In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box click OK to save the print settings and return to the Quick Setup tab The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings 110 Important e To save the page size orientation and number of copies that was set in each sheet click Options and check each item DJ Note e When you re install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved If a profile is deleted register the print settings again Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab 2 Delete the printing profile Click Delete When the confirmation message appears click OK The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list Note e Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted
242. nk level is disabled If the ink tank is not firmly in place make sure that the orange protective cap has been 81 removed from the bottom of the ink tank then press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank clicks into place If the ink lamp is still off after reinstalling the ink tank there has been an error and the printer cannot print Check the Alarm lamp on the printer f an Error Occurs DJ Note e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 82 Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Printer 83 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Maintenance Procedure gt Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head 84 Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred colors are not printed correctly or print results are unsatisfactory e g misaligned printed ruled lines perform the maintenance procedure below 33 Important Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank This can cause trouble with the print head and ink tank Note e Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank e Open the top cover and make sure that the lamp on the ink tank is lit red If the lamp is flashing or off take appropriate action
243. nly Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages Check the Background check box to enable this Check this check box to print a background on the first page only Stamp Tab The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file bmp to be used for a stamp Preview Window Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab Stamp Type Specifies the stamp type Select Text to create a stamp with characters Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file Select Date Time User Name to display the creation date time and user name of the printed document The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type When Stamp Type is Text or Date Time User Name Stamp Text Specifies the stamp text string Up to 64 characters can be entered For Date Time User Name the creation date time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text Important Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date Time User Name is selected TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string If a large font size is selected for Size characters may extend outside of the stamp border Color Select Color Shows the current color for the stamp
244. not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition 146 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 7 2 B 4 Pinters Name Update Configura on F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the panter to configure the settings k may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network afer R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status Status Screen Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information Important
245. nt to be printed 3 Executing print Click Print Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing 253 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data eee ee eee ees Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Interpreting the ICC Profile Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 254 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom The print quality level can be set in the Custom The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the print quality On the Main tab select Custom for Print Quality and click Set Pian Paper Leter 85x11 22280m 3 Setting the print quality level Drag the slider bar to select the print quality level and click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the selected print quality level gt Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type 255 Related Topics Specifying Colo
246. nter connects to the network This may disable printer setup and communications depending on the firewall settings In this case either change the firewall settings or assign a fixed IP address to the printer An IP address can be set using IJ Network Tool Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet When assigning a fixed IP address to the printer you will need to specify an IP address with which the computer can communicate J Note For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer 192 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink gt Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Printer Handling Precautions Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer 193 Useful Information about Ink How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink For this reason the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks
247. nter model this function may not be available 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Display the Home screen 3 Select Setup 4 Select Web service inquiry DJ Note e If you have not registered the machine with Google Cloud Print Web service inquiry is not displayed Register the machine with Google Cloud Print 5 Select Print from Google Cloud Print The confirmation screen to check is displayed 6 Select Yes If there is the print data the machine receives the print data and prints it 28 Using Remote Ul This service allows you to check printer information and execute utility functions from your computer or smartphone You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon Menu Printer status Utilities AirPrint settings Google Cloud Print setup Firmware update Manual Online Checking the printer IP address To use this service first check the IP address of this machine from the operation panel of the machine Important e Before you check the IP address of this machine or use the Remote UI make sure that the machine is connected to the LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet Note that the customer is responsible for paying all Internet connection fees 1 Check that the machine has been turned on If your printer has a LCD monitor i 2 From the home window select HA Setup gt ial Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN
248. o open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing open the printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab e The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer When Errors Occur The Canon lJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs e g if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low 1 Load paper into the rear tray 2 Press the parte s RESUME bution E Eror Porsits In such cases take the appropriate action as described 287 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab click View Printer Status The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status Option ipkOetaits Help Printer is orire DJ Note The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer e When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level a mark appears above the ink icon For example Y Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank When you print on A3 paper or larger paper sizes the ink may run out before printing is finished or the printing may become faint or streaky with white line
249. o uninstall this program click Uninstall This will uninstall the program and no further survey will be mede uninseal If you agree to participate in the survey program Click Agree then follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information will be sent via the Internet If you have followed the on screen instructions the information will be sent automatically from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again 3 Note e When the information is being sent a caution screen such as an Internet security screen may be displayed In this case confirm that the program name is IJPLMUI exe then allow it If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically from the second time onward and a confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey To send the information automatically see Changing the confirmation screen setting If you do not agree to participate in the survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen will be closed and the survey at that time is skipped The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later e To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program click Uninstall then follow the on screen instructions Changing the confirmation screen setting 1 Selec
250. odel name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows XP select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your model name and then click Remove The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears Important e In Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when starting installing or uninstalling software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task When you are logged on to an administrator account click Yes or Continue Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue In such cases switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 2 Execute the uninstaller Click Execute When the confirmation message appears click Yes When all the files have been deleted click Complete The deletion of the printer driver is complete Important e Printer driver and XPS printer driver will be deleted when you uninstall the Printer Driver 341 Before Installing the Printer Driver This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver You should also refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed Checking the Printer Status Turn off the printer Checking the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running appli
251. om Your Computer 0 02a ee eae 97 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern n naa 0 0 0 0 cece eens 101 Cleaning Inside the PTs act ec guise as a cn Ga waa ah a ase ahd ash wa woh hea alas A Gare Rea 102 Ci banmg he PE ys ae Sere Greece Sr rd Ge dh oe Nd ae ee sre ee ela A ee ei 103 leaning ine Extenor ot the Prmteliss c can snc icr tak kadai Rene ha eee Rede 104 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning EWE PEER GES EET EEEE TE 105 Changing the Printer Seuings lt oc2s4ossacscsnend wede dates cece ceisadasdvame 107 Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer a a saasaa aaa aeaaaee 108 Changingine Print OBUGNSs osrand aa aa araa a a aa a a a ees AA 109 Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile 04000 c00eceteoeebed aah oan 4 110 Managing the Primer POWER ica duu iar ened ca tun diet Rakes aE a a ad 4 wae 112 Reducing the Printer NOISG o0000 Keer oud veoine Goer ee ee dl Eee Pewee eee eee ees 114 Changing the Printer Operation Mode ou ccc04 bore eaue bed de eed ddan eee dda 116 Initializing the Printer Settings TEREE eee ere ee er coe pid ROSE A SR EE ae abit de ate ck 118 Information about Network Connection 000 cee eee 119 Useful Information about Network Connection EPET TTE TEE TEPI PEE EE EE EOE 120 Initial Values Set at Factory Network a a ciao eee ke GOD Re eee 121 Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable
252. on Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the cable is no longer than around 10 feet 3 meters e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Obtain and install the latest update for your computer e Does the Hi Speed USB driver operate properly Obtain the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer J Important e For details on Hi Speed USB of your system environment contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub 400 Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection Make sure that the printer is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly See Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable to connect the USB cable properly Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 401 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing GEGAR IS the POWER lamp off Check if the POWER lamp is lit The print head holder will not move unless the power is on If the POWER lamp is off close the top cover and turn the printer on While the POWER lamp is flashing the printer is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops fl
253. on your computer If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer set the security software to allow access When the message does not appear on your computer Cancel to set up then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network On the Setup CD ROM select win gt Driver gt DrvSetup then set the security software to allow the file Setup exe or Setup64 exe to access the network After setting the security software try to set up the network communication from the beginning Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer If there is no problem with the firewall settings Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 356 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 Check the settings of the access point Check the settings of the access point for the network connection such as IP address filtering MAC address filtering or DHCP function For details on how to check the settings of the access point refer to the instruction manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer 357 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 Is the LAN cable connected and are the printer and the router turned on Make sure that the LAN
254. ontrol types are enabled at the same time a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer 2 Accessible IP Addresses Shows the registered IP addresses and any comments 3 Edit The Edit Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible IP Addresses Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Accessible IP Address Screen 4 Add The Add Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to register the IP address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network J Important Add the IP address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list Up to 16 IP addresses can be registered IP addresses specified by Range Specification are counted as one address Use Range Specification when you intend to register 17 or more IP addresses 165 5 Delete Deletes the selected IP address from the list 166 Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Instructions 1 MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access 2 Comm
255. or Cleaning e Check the amount of ink remaining in the tank e Make sure that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound e If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank peel it off completely Any remaining tape will hinder ink output e Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions Start Print Head Alignment dialog box This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head or to print the current setting value for the print head position Align Print Head Aligns the print head Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines Align the print head immediately after installing the print head Print Alignment Value Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position Prints the current setting value for the print head position Print Head Alignment dialog box To adjust the print head position manually click Align Print Head in the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box and perform the operations instructed in the messages The Print Head Alignment dialog box is then displayed This dialog box allows you to check the printed pattern and adjust the print head position Preview Window Displays the pattern of Print Head Alignment and checks the position of the selected pattern You can also change the setting by clicking the pattern on the screen directly Select the P
256. ot change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties If you change any of the items you will not be able to use the following functions correctly Also if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor the following functions will not operate Preview before printing on the Main tab o Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab o Page Layout Tiling Poster Booklet Duplex Printing Manual Specify Margin Print from Last Page Collate and Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab o Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result With some applications the printing is divided into multiple print jobs To cancel printing delete all divided print jobs If image data is not printed correctly display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software This may solve the problem DJ Note Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing
257. ou are using and select XXX where XXX is your model name to specify the regular printer driver or select XXX XPS where XXX is your model name to specify the XPS printer driver Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver To display a description of a tab in the printer driver setup window click the Help button found on the tab Related Topic How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 285 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing 1 Select the command that you perform printing on the application software In general select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box 2 Select your model name and click Preferences or Properties The printer driver setup window appears Note e Depending on application software you use command names or menu names may vary and there may be more steps For details refer to the user s manual of your application software Opening the Printer Driver Setup Window from the Printer Icon Follow the procedure below to perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning or to configure a printing profile that is common to all application software 1 Select as described below e If you are usin
258. ou cannot change the usage of these inks yourself The ink lamp indicates when ink is running low The inside of the ink tank consists of A the part where ink is preserved and B the sponge with absorbed ink A B When the ink A runs out the ink lamp flashes slowly to indicate that the ink is running low Then when the ink B runs out the ink lamp flashes fast to indicate that the ink tank needs to be replaced with a new one 194 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 195 Key Points to Successful Printing Check the printer status before printing e Is the print head OK If a print head nozzle is clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head Maintenance Procedure e Is the inside of the printer smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your printer with Bottom Plate Cleaning Check how to load the paper correctly Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in the rear tray load paper WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU Loading Paper e Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper ls Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 196 Be Sure to Make Pa
259. ou load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation When you load the paper load the paper with the print side facing UP and slide the paper guides to align with the both sides of the paper Loading Paper Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled Media Types You Cannot Use Make sure of the following when you load Hagakis or envelopes e If a Hagaki is curled it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit e When printing on envelopes refer to Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the loaded paper Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray 376 If the paper tears in the rear tray see Paper Jams to remove it If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray be sure to turn off the printer unplug it from the power supply then remove the foreign object Clean the paper feed roller gt Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary If A3 sized
260. out for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper To change the staple side or the margins set the new values from the Page Setup tab Borderless Printing Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper With the borderless printing function the document to be printed is enlarged so that it extends slightly off the paper In other words the document is printed without any margin To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper click the Page Setup tab choose Borderless and enter the value in Amount of Extension Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally Color Intensity Manual Adjustment Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer Th
261. out the support code for paper jam you can also refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 420 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed If the paper is jammed remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case e If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray 1300 e If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the rear tray Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer e If the narrow width paper such as card sized paper is jammed due to loading it in the landscape orientation Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer e Cases other than above n Other Cases 421 1300 Cause Paper is jammed in the paper output slot or in the rear tray Action Remove the jammed paper following the procedure below DJ Note If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer 1 Pull the paper out slowly either from the rear tray or from the paper output slot whichever is easier Hold the paper with your hands then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it DJ Note e If you cannot pull the paper out turn the printer off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the rear tray remove the paper from inside the printer
262. oved to the left 219 Important e When the amount of extension is decreased an unexpected margin may be produced on the print depending on the size of the paper Note When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position image data will be printed in the full size If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position e When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab you can confirm whether there will be no margin before printing 220 Fit to Page Printing Festival Festival Come ank jin wi The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set fit to page printing Select Fit to Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Quick Serp Main Page Sep Martenance IEN Page Sue Letter 8 5 x11 22280m l1 4 Orientation GPP Poren Pacer Sze A Pors AJC _ Rotate 180 degrees Letter 8 5x11 22280m Page Layout Fttofage OD E 9S Nomalsize Borderess Scaled 3 Select the paper size of the document 2j Page Layout gt Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list When the Printer Pape
263. ower plug power cord does not have anything unusual described below The power plug power cord is hot The power plug power cord is rusty The power plug power cord is bent The power plug power cord is worn The power plug power cord is split As Caution e If you find anything unusual with the power plug power cord described above unplug the power cord and call for service Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock 54 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord follow the procedure below gt Important e When you unplug the power cord press the ON button then confirm that the POWER lamp is off Unplugging the power cord while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing white may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced 1 Press the ON button to turn the printer off 2 Confirm that the POWER lamp is off 3 Unplug the power cord The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use 55 Loading Paper Loading Paper 56 Loading Paper Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Printing Area 57 Loading Plain Paper Photo Paper You can load plain paper or photo paper D Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm o
264. owing to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose gt Important Depending on the Media Type settings the same print results may be produced even if the Print Quality is changed High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing 300 Custom Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually Set Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button Open the Custom dialog box You can then individually set the print quality level Color Intensity Selects color adjustment method Auto Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast and so on are adjusted automatically Manual Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast etc and Color Correction method Set Select Manual for Color Intensity to enable this button In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box you can adjust individual color settings such as Cyan Magenta Yellow Brightness Intensity and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab and select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab DJ Note If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to set the profile Grayscale Printing This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document
265. ows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data The procedure for performing stamp background printing is as follows Printing a Stamp CONFIDENTIAL IMPORTANT and other stamps that are used often in companies are pre registered 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background Stamp on the Page Setup tab Quick Setup Man Page Stp Martenance Pian Paper Leter 85 11 22280m Al EEN Page Sze Letier 8 5711 22280m Onertation A Peers A O Lnice Rotate 180 degrees ad Same as Page Sze Page Layout Nomsisire D D a H Nomalsize Bordedess fFttoPage Scaled Page Layout s gt A Actomatically seduce large documert that the perter carrot output C Ouples Parting Manus Sapling Sde Long ede taping Leh Coes P 1 01 993 gi Z Part iom Last Page v ae some oe O The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box opens Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used 235 3 Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box and select the stamp to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the stamp details If necessary specify the following settings and then click OK Define Stamp button To change the stam
266. ox to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function give priority to the printer driver settings However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print Options Opens the Print Options dialog box Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications Stamp Background Stamp Opens the Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data It also 308 allows you to print date time and user name The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment Stamp and Background may not be available Custom Paper Size dialog box This dialog box
267. p text bitmap or position click this Place stamp over text To print the stamp on the front of the document check this check box Note e The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap When this check box is unchecked the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used e Place stamp over text cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used When the XPS printer driver is used the stamp is normally printed in the foreground of the document Print semitransparent stamp Check this check box to print a semi transparent stamp on the document This function is available only when the XPS printer driver is used Stamp first page only To print the stamp only on the first page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified stamp Printing a Background Two bitmap files are pre registered as samples 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab The Stamp Background dialog box opens 3 Select the background Check the Background check box and select the background to be used from the list The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the back
268. per Settings after Loading Paper If the media type setting is not the one for the loaded paper printing results may not be satisfactory After loading paper be sure to select the appropriate media type setting for the loaded paper Print Results Not Satisfactory There are various types of paper paper with special coating on the surface for printing photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents Each media type has specific preset settings such as how ink is used and sprayed distance from nozzles etc so that you can print on that type with optimal image quality This allows you to print with the settings best suited for the loaded media type just by selecting that media type 197 Canceling a Print Job Never press the ON button If you press the ON button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the computer queues in the printer and you may not be able to continue to print Press the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel printing 198 Printer Handling Precautions Do not place any object on the top cover Do not place any object on the top cover It will fall into the rear tray when the top cover is opened and cause the printer to malfunction Also place the printer where objects will not fall on it 199 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging Always observe the followi
269. plain paper jams frequently near the paper output slot or is curled apply the setting to prevent paper jam Only when A3 sized plain paper jams frequently near the paper output slot or is curled set the printer to prevent paper jam with the printer driver Print speed or print quality may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper jam Readjust the setting not to prevent paper jam once printing is complete If not this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs Open the printer driver setup window and in Custom Settings in the Maintenance sheet select the Prevent paper jam check box and then click OK 377 To open the printer driver setup window see How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 378 Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Is the paper loaded Make sure that paper is loaded If the printer has run out of paper load paper Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the printer and the computer to process the printer may appear to have stopped operating In addition when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper the printer may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete D Note e If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Has
270. pleasant photography experience by utilizing various functions Print by using Google Cloud Print Print directly from your iPad iPhone or iPod touch Manage your printer from a remote location by using Remote Ul Print easily from your smartphone by using PIXMA Printing Solutions Printing with Windows RT Print in Various Environments with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print Refer to Printing with Google Cloud Print for details Print Directly from iPad iPhone or iPod touch with Apple AirPrint The machine is compatible with the AirPrint function of Apple iOS devices You can directly print e mails photos web pages etc from iPad iPhone or iPod touch to the machine over wireless LAN Refer to Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device for details sro Manage your printer from a remote location by using Remote UI By using Remote UI you can set up this machine check the machine status and even perform maintenance from your computer or smartphone 21 Because you can use this service from a remote location through the network you can check printer information even when you re out away from the printer Refer to Using Remote UI for details Print Easily
271. plied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling Poster is selected for Page Layout When Booklet is selected for Page Layout Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set When Duplex Printing Manual is selected Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set J Note e By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page These settings can be used in combination with Normal size Borderless Fit to Page Scaled and Page Layout 215 Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best staple position When you want to change the setting select from the list Quick Seon Man Page Sep Martenance EEN Foge Sze Letter 8 5 x11 22280m l1 a Onertation A Pora A OLangecepe C Rete 180 degrees a ot Pape Same as Page Sze Page Layout Noenalsize aa aaa Laler 8517 22ain Nomalsive Boriedess FtoPage Scaled Page Layout lt gt V Aromatica seduce large document that the p
272. port appropriately Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 372 2 Select items as shown below e In Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers In Windows 7 select Devices and Printers from the Start menu e In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes 3 Open the properties of the printer driver for the printer In Windows 8 or Windows 7 right click the Canon XXX icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Printer properties e In Windows Vista or Windows XP right click the Canon XXX icon where XXX is your printer s name then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s Note When the printer is used over LAN the port name of the printer is displayed as CNBJNP_XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXxX iS the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the printer If the setting is incorrect Reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD
273. print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print even though there is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Print head cleaning starts 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Important e Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Deep Cleaning Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab 92 When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed Click In
274. r 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm to perform trial print it can cause paper jams DJ Note e We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use e You can use general copy paper For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer see Media Types You Can Use 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it DJ Note e Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatten curled paper see Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched e When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality 2 Load paper 1 Open the paper support and pull it out 2 Open the front cover gently 3 Pull out the paper output tray 58 4 Slide the paper guides A to open them and load the paper in the center of the rear tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU 5 Slide the paper guides A to align them with both sides of the paper stack Do not slide the paper guides too hard The paper may
275. r Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 256 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome gt Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked the printer driver processes image data as sRGB data In this case actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data convert the data to sRGB data using an application software 257 DJ Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well 258 Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer This method is suitable for printing sRGB data When you want to print by using the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the imag
276. r Size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the Printer Paper Size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 221 Quick Setup Man Page Sep Martensnce EEN Pope Sie Letter 85x11 22280m a Onertation A Porat A Olingo Page Layout Fttofage D D H 8S Nomalcizne Borderiess Frto Page Scaled Page Layout lt I gt O Ouples Parting Manus Staping Se Longe maging et Specty Magn a L Ama gi Z Pert tom Last Page Collate Pact Options Stamp Backpround Defauts ok _Cancet_ footy Hee 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size 222 Scaled Printing The 10th Amiversory_ Festival oe Festival The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab EN Foge Sze Letter 8 5711 22280m 4 Onertation A Pora Rete 180 degrees OPP renter Poper Size Letter 85 11 22280m O Ouplex Parting Manual Long ede saping Leh Copies 1 Hosa A gj Part bom Laat Page T Colate A OLangecepe Prigt Options Stamp Background Detauts ok cne _
277. r driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly 334 Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Brightness Selects the brightness of your print Pure white and black will not change but colors between white and black will change Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Defaults Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values Clicking this button restores all the settings on this tab to their default values factory settings Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings Duplex Printing Manual Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper If the duplex print settings cannot be changed for the print document this item is grayed out and is unavailable Important e When you select Booklet for Page Layout Duplex Printi
278. r during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup with the Setup CD ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website Note You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool activate wireless LAN in advance 143 Viewing the Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen the following screen is displayed for confirming the modified settings The folowing settings were sent to the printer Seongs tem Setting Value Use Admin Password Set up 144 Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool gt Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Configuration Screen Wireless LAN Sheet Search Screen gt WEP Details Screen WPA Details Screen gt WPA2 Details Screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen PSK Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Setup Information Confirmation Screen Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet Network Information Screen Access Control Sheet Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Edit Accessible IP Address Screen Add Access
279. r or the network device and the printer are registered If you are using a WEP WPA WPA2 key make sure that the key for the computer or the network device and the printer matches that set to the access point Besides the WEP key itself the key length key format the key ID to use and the authentication method must match among the printer the access point and the computer Normally select Auto for the authentication method If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point gt How to Set a WEP WPA WPA2 Key When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Printer After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point matches that set to the printer Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering a WEP WPA WPA2 Key to the Access Point 352 Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication gt The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN gt The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN 353 Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication If the printer could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication confirm
280. rase set to the access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Erter the passphrase select the dynamic encryption type and then click Ned 9 Click Finish Check the settings for clent authentication and then cick Frish Authentication Type PSK Dynamic Encryption Type TKIP Basic Encryption 136 D Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer Note e Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer In this case reset Set as Default Printer 137 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 1 Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Configuration from the Settings menu 4 Click the Wired LAN tab The Wired LAN sheet is displayed Wired LAN Admin Password v TCPAP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on the Wired LAN sheet
281. re those settings have priority and the changed settings may become ineffective Printer Paper Size Displays the paper size of the document to be printed Media Type You can select the media type of the document to be printed Paper Source You can select the paper source of the document to be printed Page Layout Displays the page layout of the document to be printed 327 Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages The preview also allows you to edit the print document edit the print pages change the print settings and perform other functions When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window and check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer file Egt yew Zoom Option Help Document Name Page Informaton Layout Manual Color Adjustment testat Notepes Printer Paper Size Letter 85 x11 22428cm Media Type Pisin Paper Paper Source Rear Tray Page Layout Normal size C Grayscale Printing C Duplex Printing Manual F
282. red Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 489 6946 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 490 6A80 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 491 6A81 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 492 6A90 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 493 B200 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power
283. red at the beginning or end of a title 7 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Changing and Registering Some Background Settings 1 Select the background for which the settings are to be changed Select the Background check box in the Stamp Background dialog box Then from the list select the title of the background you want to change 2 Click Select Background 242 The Background Settings dialog box opens 3 Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4 Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab When you want to save the background with a different title enter a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box The registered title appears in the Background list Deleting an Unnecessary Background 1 Click Select Background in the Stamp Background dialog box The Background Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the background to be deleted Select the title of the background you want to delete from the Backgrounds list on the Save settings tab and then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK then it returns to Stamp Background dialog box 243 Setting Up Envelope Printing The proc
284. red to print on Windows XP Mac OS Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended Journaled or Mac OS Extended Mac OS For Mac OS an internet connection is required during software installation e e e Specifications are subject to change without notice 205 Printing Printing from a Computer Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 206 Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 207 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver Printing with Easy Setup WBasic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Overview of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the Printer Driver 4ee ese 208 Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer 1 Check that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper on the printer 3 Open the printer driver setup window 4 Select a frequently used profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab select a printing profile suited for the purpose When you select a printing profile the Additional Features Media Type and Printer Paper Size settings are automatically switched to the values that were preset Porter Paper Size Letter 85x11 22280m v Onertation Po
285. reen appears Enter your product s model name 1000 in the search window and perform a search if Eror Persists J Note e The displayed screen varies depending on your product Searching for Application Functions Enter your application s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter My Image Garden collage in the search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Enter your product s model name scan Color Settings Tab in the search window and perform a search Notes on Operation Explanations In this guide most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when Windows 8 operating system called Windows 8 below is used Useful Functions Available on the Printer The following useful functions are available on the printer Enjoy pleasant photography experience by utilizing various functions Helpful Functions Available Through the Network You can print more conveniently through integration with smartphones and other devices or with services on the web
286. ressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255 J Note The Start IP Address must be a smaller value than the End IP Address 3 Comment Optionally enter any information to identify the device such as the name of the computer J Important e Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them 168 Other Screens of IJ Network Tool Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Status Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Maintenance Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Associate Port Screen gt Network Information Screen 169 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen File View Settings Help F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the instructions and check the settings Check the status of the prrter to configure the settings t may take a few minutes for a printer to be visible on the network after R is tumad on Please wat a while and then cick Update 1 Printers The printer name status printer model name and port name are displayed A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer Configuration changes are applied to the selec
287. rform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer gt Cleaning Inside the Printer Note e When performing borderless printing duplex printing or too much printing the inside may become stained with ink 392 Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Is the size of the loaded paper correct The vertical lines may be printed in the margin if the size of the loaded paper is larger than that you have specified Set the paper size correctly according to the paper you loaded Print Results Not Satisfactory DJ Note e The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting e This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning Although ink is usually ejected on the ink absorber it may be ejected on the paper if you load paper larger than that you have specified 393 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Colors Are Uneven POOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOMOOOOOOOOON Colors Are Streaked OA Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory OVA Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for
288. rint Data Loss print quality may be reduced 387 Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver Adjusting Intensity Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper Media Types You Can Use 388 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Is the appropriate type of paper used Check the followings e Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose Media Types You Can Use e When performing Borderless Printing make sure that the paper you are using is suitable for Borderless Printing If the paper you are using is not suitable for Borderless Printing the print quality may
289. rint documents Combine Documents Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document If only one document is selected this command is grayed out and cannot be selected This command has the same function as the Combine Documents on the toolbar Reset Documents Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview The combined documents are separated and the original documents are restored This command has the same function as the E Reset Documents on the toolbar Move Document Use the following command to change the order of the documents selected in the document list Move to First Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Up One Moves the selected print document one up from its current position If the currently selected document is the first document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move Down One Moves the selected print document one down from its current position If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected Move to Last Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list If the currently selected document is the last document this command is grayed out and cannot be selected 329 Delet
290. rinter driver T Shirt Transfers lt TR 301 gt T Shirt Transfers Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt Photo Paper Plus Glossy Il 211 Various Printing Methods e Ree eee ee ee eeu Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Execute Borderless Printing Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History 212 Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab When you are not able to specify them with the application software the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page
291. rinter is connected to your computer properly When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the printer over LAN make sure that the printer is connected to the network with a LAN cable or is set up correctly Make sure that the printer driver is installed correctly Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver then reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or reinstall it from our website When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable check the status of the device on your computer Follow the procedure below to check the status of the device 1 Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below 415 If the User Account Control screen is displayed follow the on screen instructions e In Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Hardware and Sound gt Device Manager e In Windows 7 or Windows Vista click
292. rinter on upon receipt of print data Auto Power Off Specify the time from the list When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer is turned off automatically 4 Apply the settings 112 Click OK When the confirmation message appears click OK The Maintenance tab is displayed again The setting is enabled after this When you want to disable this function select Disable from the list according to the same procedure Note When the printer is turned off the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting When the setting is Enable Printer is standing by is displayed When the setting is Disable Printer is offline is displayed 33 Important e If you connect this printer to a network and use it you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not switch off automatically 113 Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window Quiet Settings 2 Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab The Quiet Settings dialog box opens DJ Note e Ifthe printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message ma
293. rly and the error message is displayed select OK When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed print the authentication URL then perform the authentication process on the computer again If your printer does not have a LCD monitor 2 Remote UI startup 3 Select Google Cloud Print setup gt Register with Google Cloud Print 25 Note e If you have already registered the machine with Google Cloud Print the confirmation message to re register the machine is displayed 4 When the confirmation screen to register the machine is displayed select Yes 5 In the print setup for Google Cloud Print select the display language and then select Authentication 6 When the registration completion message appears select OK Deleting the Machine from Google Cloud Print If the machine s owner changes or if you want to re register the machine delete the machine from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on If your printer has a LCD monitor 2 Display the Home screen 3 Select Setup rx 4 Select Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Delete from Google Cloud Print 5 When the confirmation screen to delete the machine is displayed select Yes If your printer does not have a LCD monitor 2 Remote Ul startup 3 Select Google Cloud Print setup gt Delete from Google Cloud Print 4
294. rm it according to the instructions on our website When using IJ Network Tool click Update to search for the printer again Canon IJ Network Tool Screen H When searching for a printer over a network make sure that the printer is associated with the port When No Driver is displayed under Name in IJ Network Tool there is no association Select Associate Port on the Settings menu then associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port Make sure that the network settings in the printer are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the printer settings How to Set a WEP WPA WPA2 Key Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices Make sure that the printer is not place as far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the printer within 164 ft 50 m from the access point GCAM Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity 361 If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from th
295. rs to Adjust Select Cyan Magenta Yellow gt Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing Note e Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab there may be sizes that cannot be selected Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest Large or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed Note Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected Color Variation Between Instances Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns 271 3 Note e Large is about double the size of Medium and Small is about half the size of Medium 5 Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box On the Main tab select OK and then execute printing The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value 6 Adjusting the color balance Look at the print results and select the image that you like best Then enter the color balance numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Cyan Magenta and Yellow fields on the Color Adjustment tab Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box and click OK 272 y ABCDEF 1234567 Sargie
296. ructions Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 RH no condensation AC 100 240 V 50 60 Hz Printing Approx 24 W 1 Standby minimum Approx 2 0 W 1 2 OFF Approx 0 3 W 1 Wireless LAN is active 2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed Approx 23 W x 12 3 D x 6 3 H inches Approx 584 W x 310 D x 159 H mm With the Paper Support and Paper Output Tray retracted Approx 17 9 Ib Approx 8 1 kg With the Print Head and ink tanks installed Total 5120 nozzles PgBK 1024 nozzles Y DyeBK each 512 nozzles C M each 1536 nozzles Communication protocol TCP IP 203 Wired LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 3u 100BASE TX IEEE802 3 10BASE T Transfer speed 10 M 100 Mbps auto switching Wireless LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b Frequency bandwidth 2 4 GHz Channel 1 11 or 1 13 Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region Communication distance Indoors 164 feet 50 m Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location Security WEP 64 128 bits WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Setup WPS Push button configuration PIN code method WCN WCN NET Cableless setup Other Features Administration password Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system s requirements when higher than those given here Windows Operating System
297. ructure SSID ii Encryption Method Use WEP TCP IP Setup Get IP address automaticaly Use next IP address For details on the Wireless LAN sheet see Wireless LAN Sheet 5 Change the settings or confirm SSID Enter the same value that was set for the target access point When the printer is connected with USB the Search screen appears by clicking Search Set the SSID of the access point by selecting the one of the detected access points Search Screen 131 DJ Note e Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration Changing the WEP Detailed Settings You can change WPA or WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA or Use WPA2 and clicking Configuration Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings Important e If all encryption types of the access point printer or computer do not match the printer cannot communicate with the computer If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third p
298. s 3 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box In such cases take the appropriate action as described on the screen Note e You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status Monitor 288 Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print order and number of pages You can also change the media type settings When you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window click the Main tab and check the Preview before printing check box When you do not want to display a preview before printing uncheck the check box Important e If you are using the XPS printer driver see Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing 289 Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver replace Canon IJ Status Monitor with Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor when reading this information If the printer does not start printi
299. s dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver Preview Icon Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet Margin for stapling Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled Insert blank page Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page Check this check box to print the page border line 310 Specify Margin dialog box This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled If a document does not fit on one page the document is reduced when printed Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin Print Options dialog box Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Disable ICM required from the application software Disables the ICM function required from the application software When an application software uses Windows ICM to prin
300. s in B pull the orange tape and remove it A B Are the print head nozzles clogged Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 396 Problems with the Printer The Printer Cannot Be Powered On The Printer Turns Off Unintentionally Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly gt Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed
301. screen appears click Continue e In Windows XP 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 2 Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list then click Remove 2 Click Yes when the confirmation message appears When the message prompting you to restart your computer is displayed click OK to restart your computer 409 About Errors Messages Displayed gt If an Error Occurs gt A Message Is Displayed 410 If an Error Occurs When an error occurs in printing such as the printer is out of paper or paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When an error occurs the Alarm lamp flashes orange and a Support Code error number is displayed on the computer screen For some errors the POWER lamp and the Alarm lamp flashes alternately Check the status of the lamps and the message then take the appropriate action to resolve the error Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Flashes of the Alarm Lamp Example of 2 times flashing ee ee ee a a a A B A B A Flashes B Goes off There is no paper in the rear tray The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not match a a 7 flashes Some ink tanks are not installed in the correct position The lamp on the 80 ink tank flashes More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed The lamp on the ink tank flash
302. sity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver 277 Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows You can also set contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings and then choosing Color Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Pian Paper Letter 85 11 22280m L The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver 278 4 After adjusting each color click OK ABCDEF 1234567 Sarrgle Tyge Randerd Cl Yew Color Paten 3 Important e Adjust the slider gradually Complete
303. ss communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices SH Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible G Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up refer to the instruction manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Se Make sure that the valid wireless channel is used 347 The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the computer Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to specify the valid wireless channel Make sure that the channel set to the access point is valid to communicate with the computer confirmed in Check 8 If not change the channel set to the access point Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may appear warning that C
304. ss point or a DHCP server of the router automatically Example IP Address 192 168 127 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Address 192 168 127 0 e TCP IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other e TKIP An encryption protocol employed by WPA WPA2 e USB Serial interface designed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power W e WCN Windows Connect Now Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network WCN NET e WEP WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 e Wi Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802 11 specification 189 This machine is a Wi Fi authorized product Wireless LAN A network that instead of being connected by physical wires is connected by a wireless technology such as Wi Fi WPA Security framework announced by the Wi Fi Alliance in October 2002 The security has been strengthened more than WEP o Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods P
305. stalling the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 339 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver unresolved problems may be solved You can check the version of the printer driver by clicking the About button on the Maintenance tab You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model D Important e You can download the printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility e Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version Related Topics Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 340 Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver The printer driver which you no longer use can be deleted When deleting the printer driver first exit all programs that are running The procedure to delete the unnecessary printer driver is as follows 1 Start the uninstaller If you are using Windows 8 from the Desktop charms select Settings gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your model name and then click Uninstall If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Vista select Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features From the program list select XXX Printer Driver where XXX is your m
306. supply Contact the service center 494 C000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 495
307. t manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer Increase the print quality and try printing again Increasing the print quality in the printer driver may improve the print result 385 Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially Is the Page Layout Printing performed or the Binding margin function used When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is being used thin lines may not be printed Try thickening the lines in the document Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss print quality may be reduced 386 Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially Select the setting not to compress the printing data If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using the printing result may be improved Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box then click OK Deselect the check box after printing is complete Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On When On is selected for Prevention of P
308. t be enabled on your router Use next IP address If no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address select this option to use a fixed IP address 160 Admin Password Sheet Set a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation To display the Admin Password sheet click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen 1 Use admin password Set a password for the administrator with privileges to set up and change detailed options To use this feature select this check box and enter a password 2 Password Enter the password to set 3 Password Confirmation Enter the password again for confirmation 161 Network Information Screen Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers To display the Network Information screen select Network Information from the View menu Network Information 1 OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 2 Copy All Information All network information displayed is copy to the clipboard 162 Access Control Sheet 3J Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access To display the Access Control sheet click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen Wreless LAN Wred
309. t data unexpected colors may be produced or the printing speed may decrease If these problems occur checking this check box may resolve the problems Important e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances e This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box DJ Note Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver Disable the color profile setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver the print result may contain unexpected colors If this happens checking this check box may resolve the problem Important e Even when this check box is checked only some of the information in the color profile is disabled and the color profile can still be used for printing e Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances Ungroup Papers Sets the display method of Media Type Page Size and Printer Paper Size To display the items separately select the check box To display the items as a group clear the check box Do not allow application software to compress print data Compression of the application software print data is prohibited If the print result has missing image data or unintend
310. t from Documents and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print document to change the print sequence To change the sequence of the print pages click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be moved Next on the Edit menu select Move Page from Pages and select the appropriate item You can also click and drag a print page to change the print sequence Deleting print documents and print pages To delete a print document select the target document from the Document Name list and on the Edit menu choose Documents and then Delete Document o To delete a print page click View Thumbnails from the Option menu and select the print page to be deleted Next on the Edit menu select Delete Page from Pages Print page recovery You can recover pages that were deleted with Delete Page To recover pages select the View Deleted Pages check box from the Option menu and select the pages to be recovered from among the displayed thumbnail pages Then from the Edit menu chose Pages and then Restore Page 252 After editing the print documents or print pages you can change the print settings on the Page Information Layout and Manual Color Adjustment tabs as necessary Important To display the multiple documents in the list open the preview and execute print again To return the print documents to their original condition before they were edited in the preview on the Edit menu sele
311. t items as shown below In Windows 8 select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows 7 or Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Programs gt Programs and Features In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Add or Remove Programs 417 J Note e In Windows 8 Windows 7 or Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting up software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account follow the on screen instructions 2 Select Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 3 Select Change If you select Yes after you have followed the on screen instructions the confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey If you select No the information will be sent automatically Note If you select Uninstall or Remove in Windows XP the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is uninstalled Follow the on screen instructions 418 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter please contact the seller of the printer or the service center Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers Ay Caution e If the printer emits
312. t paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to enable this function Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Prevent paper jam Check this item only if A3 plain paper jams frequently near the paper exit Important e When this function is used it takes longer to print to A3 plain paper Also the print quality may deteriorate Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is Landscape On the Page Setup tab you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing select the check box Detect the paper width when printing from computer When you print from the computer this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page Size on the Page Setup tab a message is displayed To use paper width detection when printing from the computer select the check box Important e If you are using user defined paper use the Custom Paper S
313. ted port To associate a port with a printer driver follow the procedure below 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer displayed as No Driver on Name 3 Select Associate Port on the Settings menu The Associate Port screen is displayed Associate a port with an installed printer Select a printer to associate with and cick OK Model Canon Sa genes Printer Name Status Model Port Name Avadable Canon m3 rey Available Canon Available Microsoft PORTPROMPT Available Microsoft SHRFAX 4 Select a printer to associate with a port The list of the printers that the printer driver is installed is displayed at Printer on the Associate Port screen Select a printer to associate with a created port 5 Click OK 184 About Technical Terms In this section technical terms used in the manual are explained A Access Point A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients the machine and rebroadcasts it Required in an infrastructure network Ad hoc Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No access point is required This machine does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administration password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users It must be entered to access the printer and ch
314. ted printer 2 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN If No Driver is displayed for the name associate the port with the printer When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port If Not Found is displayed for the status check the followings e The access point is turned on e When using wired LAN the LAN cable is connected properly If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition 170 Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 3 Configuration Click to configure settings of the selected printer Configuration Screen Note e You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen 7 2 B 4 Pinters Name Update Configura on F the printer you intend to use is not detected refer to the
315. ter 460 5400 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 461 5700 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 462 5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 463 5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 464 5C00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 465 5C20 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 466 6000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on
316. the network settings before redetecting the printer Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 354 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Are the computer and network device router access point etc configured and can the computer connect to the network Make sure that you can view web pages on your computer If you cannot view any web pages Configure the computer and network device For the procedures refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device or contact their manufacturers If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device try to set up the network communication from the beginning If you can view web pages Go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 355 Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 Does the firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer interfere with setting up the network communication The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the printer and your computer Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operation system or the message appearing on your computer If the firewall function interferes with setting up When the message appears
317. the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice 394 If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center SS Perform Print Head Alignment gt Aligning the Print Head 2 Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer 395 Ink Is Not Ejected Has the ink run out Open the top cover then check the status of ink lamp Checking the Ink Status ei Is the orange tape or protective film remaining Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the Y shape air hole is exposed as illustrated in A If the orange tape is left a
318. the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly use the printer driver to set the values e Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user defined media For information about printable sizes for user defined media see Media Types You Can Use 250 Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used In the Canon IJ XPS preview window you can edit the print document or retrieve the document print history to print the document The procedure for using the Canon IJ XPS Preview is as follows file Egt yew Zoom Option Heip a OB Cocument Name Page Information Layout Manual Color Adjustment testat Notepas Printer Paper Sere Letter S5 x11 2228m Medis Type Pisin Paper Paper Source Rear Tray Page Layout Normal size C Grayscale Printing C Duplex Printing Manual Copies tat Print Print Combine Documents Reset Documents 4 E Delete Document Ep Ea View Thumbnails Oo i os s amp h Move Document A Undo ld 4 gt bi Move Page Lk Delete Page 3J Note e By clicking Fed View Thumbnails you can display or hide thumbnails of the print documents selected in the Document Name list e Clicking X Undo reverses the change that just performed 251 Editing and Printing a Print Document When printing multiple docu
319. the following types of paper Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results but also the printer to jam or malfunction e Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 g m e Paper that is too thick weighing more than 28 Ib 105 g m2 except for Canon genuine paper Paper thinner than a postcard including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on paper smaller than A5 Picture postcards Postcards affixed with photos or stickers Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with staples or glue Paper with adhesives Paper decorated with glitter etc e e e e 68 Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Letter Legal Envelopes 69 Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the printer allows a margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area Hl Canon recommends that you print within this area Printable area L The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision Note By selecting Borderless Printing option you can mak
320. the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Preview before printing Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data Check this check box to display a preview before printing Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview Important e To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview you must have Microsoft NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer Additional Features Displays the frequently used convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed a description of that function is displayed To enable a function check the corresponding check box For some functions you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs Important Depending on the printing profiles certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them 2 on 1 Printing Prints two pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Layout for Page Layout and click Specify Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears specify the Page Order 295 4 on 1 Printing Prints four pages of the document side by side on one sheet of paper To change the page sequence click the Page Setup tab select Page Lay
321. this function the print quality may drop depending on the print data Unit of Print Data Processing Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer Select Recommended under normal circumstances D Important A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory DJ Note Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver 312 Stamp Background Stamp dialog box The Stamp Background Stamp dialog box allows you to print a stamp and or background over or behind the document pages In addition to the pre registered ones you can register and use your original stamp or background Note e With the XPS printer driver the Stamp Background button has become the Stamp button and only the stamp function can be used Stamp Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp Define Stamp Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp Place stamp over text Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document Check the Stamp check box to enable this Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp The pr
322. tion Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon lJ Status Monitor Description 293 Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings When you select a registered setting the printer automatically switches to the preset items Porter Paper Sze Lotier 35 10 22230m Onentation Potrat Paper Source Rea Trey C Aways Print wth Curent Senings Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document settings that match the purpose are applied In addition functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in Additional Features You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name You can delete the registered printing profile You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys Standard These are the factory settings If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Business Document Select this setting when printing a general document If Page Size Orientation and Copies were set from the application software those settings have priority Paper Saving Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document The 2 on 1 Printing a
323. tion Screen Displays when the measurement is finished Connection Performance between the Pinter and the Access Port ett Pee J coa 1 Cick Remeasuremert to measure the perfomance again 174 1 Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measurement between the printer and the access point Good connection performance A Unstable connection performance Q Cannot connect Q Measurement is canceled or cannot measure 2 Remeasurement Measures the connection performance again Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance 175 Maintenance Screen Displays to perform Setting Initialization and Network Setup of the Card Slot To display the Maintenance screen select Maintenance from the Settings menu Setting intialzation To retum the printer settings to the factory defauts cick intisize 1 Network Setup of the Card Slot F you plan to use the card slot via the network cick Setup 2 Status Not set 1 Setting Initialization Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default Click Initialize to display the Initialize Settings screen and click Yes to initialize the network settings of the printer Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initia
324. too 3 Select the paper size of the document Heb Using Page Size select the page size that is set with your application software 4 Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods e Select a Printer Paper Size When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size the page image will be enlarged 223 Quick Setup Man Page Setup Martenance EN Pope Sie Letter 3 5x11 22230m 4 Onertation A Porat LA Oungcpe CP Ferter Poper Sze AS Page Layout Sosed a D H a A Nomasize Borderiess fFttoPage Scaled Page Layout lt C Ouples Parting Manus Staging Long side taping Leh Copes 1 maa Sn Yy EF Port trom Last Page Vi Collate Pat Options Stsmp Backgrund Defauts 0K Corea too Helo e Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box Quick Setup Man Page Senp Martenance f IEN Page Sre Letter 3 5x11 22280m li a Onertation A Posrap A Olangecape C Rotate 180 degrees GPR Porta Poper Size Letter 85 11 22280m Page Layout Sosed D B e ae Nomalcize Borderdess Ftto Page Scaled Page Layout Pian Paper Letter 85 11 22280m lt H C Duplex Parting Manus tar Long ede taping Let Copes om 1 rH 01 399 SZ Portion Lan Page T Calata Cok cma C oy Melo The current settings are displayed
325. trat J Landscape Pacer Source Rear Trey Copies 5 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High Standard or Draft according to your purpose 209 3 Important e The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 6 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is printed with settings that match your purpose Parties Paper Size Leie 3 S11 2223o Onentation Pace Source Rea Tray gt Important When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box all settings specified on the Quick Setup Main and Page Setup tabs are saved and you can print with the same settings from the next time as well Inthe Commonly Used Settings window click Save to register the specified settings 210 Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver When you use this printer selecting a media type that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following media types on this printer Commercially available papers Plain Paper including recycled paper Plain Paper Canon genuine papers Photo Printing Canon genuine papers Business Letter Printing Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt High Resolution Paper Canon genuine papers Original Products Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the p
326. tring specified by the user when setting up the printer e If the setting is incorrect Reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website e Printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named USBnnn is selected In Windows 8 select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen select the Search charm then search for My Printer Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name In Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP click Start and select All programs Canon Utilities Canon My Printer Canon My Printer then select Diagnose and Repair Printer Follow the on screen instructions to set the correct printer port then select your printer s name If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Printing does not start even though the port named CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx is selected when the printer is used over LAN Launch IJ Network Tool and select CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx as you confirmed in step 4 then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu If the problem is not resolved reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD ROM or install it from our website Make sure that the p
327. ts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the document to print Fit to Page This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software Scaled Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed Specify the size in Printer Paper Size or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box Scaling Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print Page Layout Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper Specify Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on page layout printing Tiling Poster This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter such as a poster Specify Opens the Tiling Poster Printing dialog box Click this button to set details on tiling poster printing 307 Booklet Booklet printing is the convenient function to create a booklet Data is printed on both sides of a sheet of paper This type of printing ensures that p
328. tting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Execute Borderless Printing Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity Contrast Using Sample Patterns Printer Driver Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile SPREE eeyguads 299 Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type Unless special printing is required normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab Pan Paper Leter 8 511 22280m al Grayscale Prreng Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper You can check an overall image of the layout Media Type Selects a type of printing paper Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied Rear Tray Paper is always supplied from the rear tray Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality Select one of the foll
329. ture Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point e IP Address A unique number with four parts separated by dots Every network device that is connected to the Internet has an IP address Example 192 168 0 1 An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically e IPv4 IPv6 They are internetwork layer protocol used on the internet IPv4 uses 32 bit addresses and IPv6 uses 128 bit addresses e Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13 character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore characters It is case sensitive Hex Specify a 10 digit or 26 digit string that can contain hexadecimal 0 to 9 A to F and a to f e Key Length Length of the WEP key Select either 64 bits or 128 bits Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key 187 L e e e e e e e Link Quality The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It is not supported bidirectional communication MAC Address Also known as the physical address A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assi
330. ues after removing the paper contact the service center 427 Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer If the narrow width paper such as card sized paper is jammed due to loading it in the landscape orientation remove the jammed paper following the procedure below Important Do not load the narrow width paper such as card sized paper in the landscape orientation 1 Load one piece of paper same size as the jammed one in the portrait orientation on the rear tray Do not load the paper in the landscape orientation 2 Turn the printer off 3 Turn the printer back on The loaded paper feeds and pushes the jammed paper out All print jobs in queue are canceled Reprint if necessary If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 428 In Other Cases Make sure of the following Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot Are there any foreign objects in the rear tray If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray be sure to turn off the printer unplug it from the power supply then remove the foreign object CS Is the paper curled Load the paper after correcting its curl Is the loaded paper the A3 sized plain paper Only when A3 sized plain paper jams frequently near the paper output slot or is curled set to the printer to prevent paper jam with the printer dr
331. ult is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer 101 Cleaning Inside the Printer Perform bottom plate cleaning before you execute duplex printing to prevent smudges on the back side of the paper Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page The procedure for performing bottom plate cleaning is as follows Bottom Plate Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Bottom Plate Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The Bottom Plate Cleaning dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer As instructed in the dialog box fold the A4 size or Letter size plain paper in half lengthwise and then unfold the sheet Load the paper into the rear tray in the landscape orientation with the crest of the crease facing down 4 Perform the bottom plate cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Bottom plate cleaning starts 102 Cleaning the Printer Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Cleaning the Inside of the Printer Bottom Plate Cleaning You can also clean the paper feed roller from a computer Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer 103 Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gent
332. ut ICC profile of the image data The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used Related Topic Interpreting the ICC Profile 261 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them use a printing ICC profile in the application software and select settings for color management The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select Driver Matching for Color Correction 4 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance 26
333. ve one or two glasses of water to drink If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical advice immediately Clear Ink contains nitrate salts For models containing Clear Ink In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets in contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e e e e 39 Regulatory and Safety Information About the disposal of the battery For models containing lithium battery Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10390 K10391 Contains FCC ID AZDK30357 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide
334. wana ecbheaastuakeiaeape E E T A E aE nes E Gane er A S cs 432 ee ee ee ee ee ee ey ee eee eee ee ee E ee ee 433 PP 446 40 8 dO ome here oh 9 oe da ee ed eh 9h EEEL SANEREN 436 2 a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee Le ees 437 UGlsc2 22 os EE E EE E ewe A N A ES EEE S ET A EE E 438 MI 54 00 ora od n E pE E a a EEE e i R 439 Ee T A ee E ee ee E E LA E EE EEE eT ees ce eee TT 440 i A ee eee See E PE ee ee eee AE eee eee ere T EEE E 441 a eee ee ee ee eee See eT eee eee eee re ees ee ee eee ee 442 TOOU resonet deire ee Hes eSee se gies dese eeeeteoteseneghue see sedaseeees 443 BOGE Soo hoe dee erie 654 Ee eed Peers e eee eee eee ETE T E aac OO 340 4 4a eh eo 48 de a Be a 9 9 oe ee 9 445 TOE a eS ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee eee 446 og i ee eee ee eee ee eee ee ee ne ee eee eee eee eee 447 TOO EEFE 45 0900 ds ane nerds h4994060d 4 49958 088 Te 448 TOO See ee ee eres Se ee ee ee ee eT eee ee ee eee 449 Reet 2e ts ioc N ETE E a T N eres donee T A ee bene senese 450 et asi 91 aa eg 4 9 9 a es Bore ok eh gue de oe oh 88 a 451 41 a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee es ee ee 452 vy LL a eee eee E eee ee eee ee er eee eee ee ere ee er ee re eee 453 Pls ecb eeenepeeeeieta wert iene bee deeelesasetentectanenesdeeosssances 454 2 1 ae ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee es ee ee 455 WV es 2s 28 oo E E E E Oh eee ea E E e nen ee eee bess E TE 456 MiG 2ibieeasopeseeieseeseee eee sndee tie saonseeceneesegreecegossee eee 457 DIOU ee ee ee ee ees eee er ee ee a ee
335. what the print result will look like Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases If you are 309 pasting pages together to create a poster increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins Specifies whether to print the words Cut and Paste in the margins These words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the words Note e Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment this function may not be available Print Cut Paste lines in margins Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster Check this check box to print the cut lines Print page range Specifies the printing range Select All under normal circumstances Select Pages to specify a specific page or range Note If some of the pages have not been printed well specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time Booklet Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet Printing only on one side and printing a page border can also be set in this dialog box The settings specified in thi
336. wise refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link and click Remeasurement Check that the printer and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far If they are too far move them closer together within 164 ft 50 m Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point In general connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between different floors Adjust the locations to avoid such situations Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the access point The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such sources Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby the connection performance may become unstable Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other access points Check that the printer and the access point face each other Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices Replace the access point and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance
337. y Adjusts the overall intensity of your print Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 302 Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Print a pattern for color adjustment When the color balance or intensity contrast is changed the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment Pattern Print preferences Check Print a pattern for color adjustment to enable this button The Pattern Print dialog box opens and allows you to set pattern printing settings Pattern Print dialog box Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color balance and intensity contrast of documents Parameters to Adjust Select the item to be checked by pattern printing Cyan Magenta Yellow Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan magenta yellow balance Important e When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Int
338. y appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status 3 Set the quiet mode If necessary specify one of the following items Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function D Important e You can set the quiet mode from the printer or the printer driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the printer or printing from the computer e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations direct print etc performed directly from the printer 4 Apply the settings Make sure that the printer is on and click OK Click OK when the confirmation message appears The settings are enabled hereafter 114 Note e The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings 115 Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for configuring Custom Sett
339. yond the recommended printing area If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper the lower edge of the paper may become stained with ink Resize your original document in your application software Printing Area Is the paper feed roller dirty Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer DJ Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary Is the inside of the printer dirty When performing duplex printing the inside of the printer may become stained with ink causing the printout to become smudged Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer Cleaning Inside the Printer DJ Note e To prevent the inside of the printer from stains set the paper size correctly Set the time to dry the printed surface longer Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Open the printer driver setup window gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 3 Click the Maintenance tab and then Custom Settings 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click OK 5 Confirm the message and click OK 391 Back of the Paper Is Smudged Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Pe

Online Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents